449. Student Access and Earnings

The “One Big, Beautiful Bill” contains a provision eliminating federal loan availability for programs in which past graduates had early career earnings that fall below a designated threshold. In this episode, Debbie Furlong joins us to discuss the statistical measures used to determine federal loan eligibility.

Debbie has served for over 30 years doing applied higher education policy analysis at public comprehensive universities, most recently as the Director of Institutional Research at SUNY Oswego. Prior to her arrival at Oswego, she worked and taught at the University of Wisconsin at Green Bay, St. Norbert College in Wisconsin, and the American University in Washington, DC, where she had completed her PhD degree in international relations.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: The “One Big, Beautiful Bill” contains a provision eliminating federal loan availability for programs in which past graduates had early career earnings that fall below a designated threshold. In this episode, we explore the statistical measures used to determine federal loan eligibility.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Debbie Furlong. She has served for over 30 years doing applied higher education policy analysis at public comprehensive universities, most recently as the Director of Institutional Research at SUNY Oswego. Prior to her arrival at Oswego, she worked and taught at the University of Wisconsin at Green Bay, St. Norbert College in Wisconsin, and the American University in Washington, DC, where she had completed her PhD degree in international relations. Welcome, Debbie.

Debbie: Hi.

John: Thanks for joining us. Today’s teas are:… Debbie, are you drinking any tea today?

Debbie: I am waiting for my tea to cool off. It’s a decaffeinated green tea, because it’s too late in the day for me to have any caffeine.

Rebecca: Green tea is a nice choice at this time of day. I have Blue Sapphire today.

John: Back to an old standby, and I have ginger peach green tea today.

Debbie: I’ve had a ginger peach tea. It’s some of my favorite flavors.

John: It’s one of mine too. This is a Republic of Tea variant. Rebecca particularly likes flavored teas.

Rebecca: It always smells good. [LAUGHTER]

Debbie: Yes, it does.

Rebecca: We’ve invited you here today to discuss the growing focus by the federal government on using earnings data on students who evaluate the success of college programs. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act prohibits universities from awarding federal loans to students in programs where its former students have earned low wages. Can you tell us a bit about how we got to this point?

Debbie: Yes, it’s been a long trip down. Some might say the government has been providing post-enrollment earnings data for several years now through a tool called a scorecard. Assessing the quality and value of a college degree in terms of students’ earnings has been growing in popularity for a long time. Increasingly, we’ve all talked in higher ed about people viewing their degree in terms of what it’s done for me as a private good, as opposed to focusing more on the public good of education. We can see data where this trend has been growing for 50 years. I think that trend was really exacerbated when public universities, when states started having to trim public funding, and parents and families were bearing more and more of the cost, and when the price, the stated prices were going up, up, up, this trend became even more predominant. Universities really have not helped at this, because, like, our marketing areas for recruiting have really leaned into the job placement as something that needs to be touted as an important thing, so we’re all sort of involved in telling students they should pay attention to how much they’re going to earn. I think the original interest of the federal government – I’m just speculating… based on timing and the administration that was in play at the time we first got the scorecard… I think the original interest was sort of a consumer protection kind of position. We had had an explosion of for-profit schools that really had some very serious problems. Students were not completing the degrees, and even when they were, they were unable to earn enough to pay back their loans, and the loan default rates were going up for these schools. So it was like, “Well, let’s protect the consumers,” so about 10 years ago, when Obama was actually still in, the Department of Ed launched the College Scorecard, and the College Scorecard was really the first time that families and students could look at a university’s profile and see: this is the graduation rate, this is how much it cost, this is what percent of students get loans, and here’s the average income a certain number of years after graduation. And here’s the percent of students that are paying back loans, so, bringing it all together. Where we’re at right now, the new state that we’re in right now is the Department of Ed looking and saying, “Gosh, we have all this data. Let’s begin using it to stop supporting programs where students are not earning enough money. Since we have all the data, we should protect not just the consumer, but protect the taxpayer. The taxpayers shouldn’t be asked to pay through Pell grants and through loans for programs where students aren’t even able to earn as much as they could earn if they went and got a high school degree.” That’s how we got where we are, and that’s where we’re at. I hope you can hear some of the passion of my voice about this stuff. [LAUGHTER] I really think faculty and staff need to understand where the data come from and understand how we’re all in this together, and to feel confident to go and explore and learn on their own.

John: So, this started off as something designed to protect consumers, but it’s moved on to something a little bit bigger, and because of that, it’s become increasingly important to understand the data, and you spent a fair amount of time researching the data and how it’s measured, and you’ve raised some concerns with it. Could you talk a little bit about the primary sources of data first?,

Debbie: Yeah, there’s two really big national data sets. One is from the Department of Education, and one is provided by a group called the Carnegie Classification, which is a branch of the Carnegie Foundation, which is a nonprofit. The Carnegie Foundation has teamed up with the American Council on Education, ACE, which is a big nonprofit player in the higher ed sphere. Both of these organizations are providing data that is publicly accessible and downloadable, and they both have a website search engine that sits on top that enables you to look up one school or to compare a few schools, but the data that’s running those engines is fully accessible. So this winter I was bored, and I got in, and I started playing. It’s like I just really want to learn how they’re going to do all this, and what does this stuff all mean. So the College Scorecard is the most important resource. Like I said earlier, the Obama administration really launched the scorecard, and this was the first time that consumers could see, for one institution, all the stuff about debt and debt repayment and post-enrollment earnings, and they could see those metrics right next to the data about the tuition and the costs. Department of Ed could not have done this without technology advancing to the point that we could really wrap our minds around really truly big data sets. This downloadable data set I just referred to has over 3500 variables, so it’s not for the faint at heart. In order to measure graduates’ earnings, or the earnings of formerly enrolled students, because both groups are looked at. In order to do that, you got to have two things: you have to have tax records that indicate was the person employed, were they employed full time, and what was their income, their earnings, and you have to have something with a matching field that says what school did this student go to, did they graduate, and if they graduated, what field? No single university has this. So, the way this works is the Department of Ed has the student identity information from its loan and grant recipients, and all the earnings data is only measured for students who have taken out federal financial aid, either through a loan or by getting a Pell Grant. So, the Department of Ed has these files that have individual identification and information about whether the student graduated and what field. They send these files over to the Treasury Department. The Treasury Department does a merge and match with their records and sends the information back to the Department of Ed. As a little sidebar, we’re going to be talking in more and more depth today about this, and the fact that we’re limited to just looking at loan and grant recipients is a significant limitation. The sidebar I’ll drop in right now is I am surprised the Department of Education has not yet asked all of us to provide full identification records for all of our enrolled students. The reason I’m surprised they haven’t yet done this, there’s two things, [LAUGHTER] the first one is the Department of Ed did ask for student identified records earlier this winter when they started asking for information about access, information so that they could make sure that students who are black or low income were not being admitted when they had lower test scores and high school grades. The data file that the Department of Ed requested this winter is student identified, so they’ve gotten over their concern about privacy issues. [LAUGHTER] The second reason I’m surprised is they’ve been asking states to provide voter record identification, so I think it’s only a matter of time. The other reason, there is another organization out there that’s not really related to this topic we’re talking about, the National Student Loan Clearinghouse, or National Student Clearinghouse. The NSC has student-identified data, and I don’t see how the Department of Ed is going to feel too happy knowing somebody else has it and they don’t have it. So, I think it’s only a matter of time before that little limitation goes away. So, the Department of Ed sends these files over to Treasury, they get back the earnings data. The second data set out there has used the Scorecard file, and this other data set is the . I’m going to be referring to this as access and earnings, or more just Carnegie, the Carnegie framework. The Carnegie framework about access and earnings was released about a year ago, but it was in development for quite a bit longer. Carnegie’s real contribution that’s relevant for what we’re talking about today is they began trying to deal with the fact that in the scorecard the only earnings that people were getting compared to were national, and more recently, statewide data, and Carnegie’s framework argues that earnings for a school’s students should be compared to the earnings of high school graduates in the geographic areas where those students come from, not necessarily to the whole nation, and not necessarily even just to the state where the school is located. This issue about adjusting the earnings to reflect regional differences in incomes is definitely confounding the Department of Ed right now. The OBBBA is in negotiation. There is a negotiated rule making going on right now, and one of the last things that the Department of Ed is trying to figure out how to deal with before they roll out this framework, where if your program’s earnings are too low, you can’t get loans. The last issue they are mucking with is the regional differences in earnings, and I don’t know how they’re going to do it. The Carnegie folks did it one way and sort of got the ball rolling. Carnegie’s real contribution here, I think, is showing how incredibly difficult this is going to be. We’ll have to see, we’ll have to see how they do it, and it may take a few years before they really figure out how to most appropriately set a benchmark for earnings for every program in every school.

John: So, are you saying that the earnings of people in rural Alabama might be different than Manhattan? [LAUGHTER] Who would have thought?

Debbie: They are. Yes.

John: Among the other problems there that you’ve noted is that there’s a fair amount of sample selection in the sample that they’re working with, and you’ve already referred to one aspect of that. Could you talk a little bit more about that, and how that might affect the validity of the earnings measures?

Debbie: Yeah, yeah, so what John just referred to is the fact that only students who get federal financial aid are currently included, and for many of us that doesn’t seem like very much of a limitation, because so many of our students have to get loans and a huge percent of students get Pell grants, but there are a bunch of schools out there where those percentages are really, really small, and I went and I looked up Harvard’s data, just because everybody knows Harvard, you know, Harvard, Harvard. And I went and looked at Harvard because I anticipated Harvard students would not need to rely a lot on federal aid, not because I think Harvard students are rich or poor, I don’t particularly know, but Harvard is very, very wealthy, and they’re able to provide a lot of institutional aid, which keeps those students out of this federal tracking, tying together with your Treasury data. So I looked up Harvard. In a recent year, 20% of their students got Pell grants, and 4% of their students took out loans. So by the time that cohort gets through the system, only a quarter of the students would have their wages reflected in these median wages. I don’t really know what this is going to mean. Is this good? Is it bad? It makes me feel uncomfortable about the validity of the data. Another thing that I know with this coverage, I have been watching that the percent of students in the United States agreeing to take out loans fell after COVID and did not rebound. I think this past year they have started rebounding a little bit. What this means is that the coverage overall, nationally, school after school after school, this coverage rate is going to be going down for the next several years. So, this is another reason why I am expecting the Department of Ed to be knocking on everyone’s doors very soon, saying: “The gig is up. We want a student-identified file. We want to know everyone who’s enrolled every semester. Here’s the portal. Drop the data.” Another issue that kind of deals with coverage that gets very confusing has to do with the timing, and this is kind of devastating to me, is a validity issue. And what I mean by timing is, how long do you wait after a student has left the institution, or after a student has graduated. How long do you wait before you go and grab their earnings data? Okay, so timing issues can be very confusing, and what I would really encourage anybody who’s paying attention to this stuff, don’t try to sink into your mind exactly how these things are measured. When you go to one of the websites, look for the information notes, they will tell you exactly what they’re measuring. Carnegie’s Access and Earnings framework originally relied on a measure… they looked at students’ earnings eight years after the student initially enrolled, and there are reasons why they made that choice. One of the things that higher ed has been deeply criticized about is the poor retention of students after the first year, and there’s a huge amount of tax money that goes to students who are at the institution for one year, and then they never really do anything with that education. So looking at students based on where they started is not stupid, but it is kind of misleading. I think when people say, “Oh, here’s Cornell’s earnings data,” I think people assume that’s the earnings data of students who graduated from Cornell [LAUGHTER] or from whatever school, and the current version of the scorecard has flipped over and is relying almost exclusively on earnings data measured four years after the student graduated. So the cohorts are now measuring students who actually completed the degree, which is probably more valid for what people actually think they’re looking at, and they give students four years, so now it’s like, okay, four years… is four years long enough to get a valid measure of a student’s earnings potential? I think this is a huge limitation. Many of the highest earning fields, and I’m thinking like medicine and law, those are going to be either really hard or downright impossible for a student to complete the whole thing and be out and earning. So a lot of fields where students go on to complete masters and doctorates, those students are ultimately going to be the highest earners, but they’re not going to be earning that stuff four years out, so I was thinking about, like, where I was four years after my undergraduate degree. I had gotten my first full-time job, but it was just a job to pay the bills, because I was working on a PhD. So, was I earning more than a high school student? Maybe. I don’t know. I was mostly a graduate assistant, getting paid a graduate fellowship. Even fields where students don’t go on for advanced degrees, I think that there’s a lot of research that indicates people who complete a baccalaureate degree will ultimately have higher lifetime earnings, even if they don’t get an advanced degree. We know this lifetime earning data exists, so is four years long enough to predict the lifetime earnings of a particular person in a particular field of study from a particular university? I think it’s a big validity question. The last thing that I wanted to mention is this timing, all this stuff about the validity of the timing of when the data are grabbed, it’s grabbing data right smack at an important time for young families that are deciding to have kids. I looked up before coming today, because I knew I wanted to make this point, because I think it’s important, the average age for women in the United States who have had children at this time, the average age of when they had their first baby was 26 that’s just right in this four years… you graduate when you’re 21 or 22 So I mentioned this because it’s very common for young families, for either the husband or the wife, the mom or the dad, or one parent, to back off a little bit from working full time or working at the high pressure job. So there’s a lot of problems with the data.

John: Going back to what’s referred to as the Mincer equation, which was first estimated back in the early 1970s. economists have been estimating the overtaking age, the age at which the earnings of college graduates overtake the earnings of high school graduates with equivalent demographic and ability characteristics, and back then was about seven years after graduation. More recent studies suggest that it varies a fair amount by discipline and by occupation, but it’s generally between six and eight years after graduation from college, which means on average the fact that people are earning more than high school graduates puts them way above where you would expect them to be had they not gone to college, or people with similar characteristics would receive had they not gone to college. And so it’s really troubling that they came up with a metric that’s so evidence-free, basically.

Debbie: Yes, [LAUGHTER] problematic.

John: And also, you mentioned law school graduates, so they might be a year out of law school, but some of the people who come out of law school are going to be working with large firms for ridiculously low pay, and those are the people who are going to have the highest rate of growth of earnings. Other people will start their own practice and will have higher starting salaries than those who go for those large law firms, at least in terms of hourly wages, they’ll be paid a lot less, but they will end up with a slower rate of growth of earnings, and there’s another classic economic study back during this period on on-the-job training and the fine structure of earnings, which notes that holding other things constant, people in the same occupation with lower starting salaries tend to have higher rates of earning growth over time, because part of what they’re picking up on the job are some skills that will improve their productivity, and they’re essentially accepting lower wages during those times in return for the increase in training or human capital development they get on the job, which is certainly true in medical school, because then they’re starting their residencies, where they’re paid again ridiculously low amounts, but they end up with much higher earnings just a few years later.

Rebecca: I knew John would be passionate. [LAUGHTER]

Debbie: Yes. And everything he said is true today, the research is still valid and important.

Rebecca: One of the other things that you mentioned is those regional variations that Carnegie was developing, or kind of initiated. Can you talk a little bit about these regional variations, and like, what does their framework mean? How did they do it? How maybe should they do it? [LAUGHTER]

Debbie: Yeah, so like I said, when they first put the scorecard out, my perception is that was kind of a consumer protection thing, like here’s the tuition, here’s the percent of students who have loans, here’s the percent of students who have paid back their loans, and here’s the average amount that their graduates earn, without judging whether or not that average was adequate or met a benchmark. Well, those days are behind us. The OBBBA wants to establish this benchmark of acceptable earnings, and the negotiation is moving forward. It seems very clear that they’re going to be using this high school degree population as the benchmark, but obviously people earn different wages based on different regions and different wages based on whether or not you’re in an urban area or a rural area. So the Carnegie framework is the first place I’ve seen where they tried to take this on. So let me tell you how they did it. A little segue, when Carnegie adjusted for regional variation, they have also adjusted for variances based on race and ethnicity. Carnegie’s argument was, if a student goes to a certain university, when they get done, that student should earn as much as high school graduates matched by the racial and ethnic distribution of the service area of that university and weighted to reflect the earnings differences of different racial groups, so they did this racial weighting. I’m not going to talk too much about that, because the OBBBA, the language I have seen, specifically says that the earnings benchmark cannot be adjusted for race. They want a race-neutral approach, just like they want race-neutral admissions. This is part of what we’re going through and working on with the Department of Ed right now. So let me talk about how they do the regional stuff. What Carnegie looked at, they said, “Okay, let’s look at where the entering class of a university is coming from.” The Department of Ed, for 20 or 30 years, has collected this data. It’s called a migration file. In the migration file every second fall, you’re not required to submit migration data every year… I don’t know why not… but in the file, the institutional researchers at the university have to go in and look and say, “Okay, how many people are in my freshman class, and where did they come from? How many of them came from New York State. How many of them came from Pennsylvania?” And the file goes through all of the states, so that data exists in IPEDS. IPEDS is the federal government’s collection of data about colleges and universities, and it’s a massive data set. So Carnegie said, “Well, gosh, since IPEDS has this migration data, let’s use that to figure out this concept of a service area.” What is the service region of this university? So, if a university has 90% of its students are coming from New York and 10% are coming from Pennsylvania, its earnings should be similar to the high school graduates of New York, weighted a little bit to reflect the fact that people from Pennsylvania have lower earnings. Now, so a 90%, 10%. In the Carnegie framework, it takes the top three states, so it says, okay, school X. If you had 50% of your students from one state and 40% from a second state and 5% from a third state, your earnings benchmark will be the weighted average of those elements, and then the remainder, the last little bit, we’ll just use the national data. This sounds kind of reasonable, I guess. Carnegie was very careful developing this. They got feedback, they got pushback from the two year schools saying, “Well, wait a minute, everyone at our university comes from one state, but they don’t come from all over the state, they all come from my county, or these two or three counties, because we have a lot of two-year schools out in rural areas.” This is a really serious issue, because the state earnings levels are very influenced by what’s happening in the big cities, and rural incomes tend to be much lower than urban incomes. So, Carnegie said, “Well, this is a reasonable complaint, so we’re going to back off, and we’re not going to use your state, where you have most people from. We’re going to use this core-based statistical area to gather your data.” There are a couple of other problems before we really get into the CBSA, and what that is. There are a couple of other things about relying just on the migration data that concerned me. My professional background was all in public comprehensive universities, and every place I ever worked had a huge pool of students who transferred into my universities, so I know transfer students may or may not be accurately reflected in this migration data in the schools where I’ve worked. In the systems where I’ve worked transfer students had a very different geographic distribution than new freshmen, and I think this is true for a lot of public comprehensive universities that the freshman class tends to come from all over the state much more, but the transfer students tend to be students who started at a nearby community college, and now they are your own community students, so that migration data that we’re using may not really be a great fit. The other thing that’s problematic is we are just assuming that the geographic distribution of graduates is the same as the geographic distribution of new entering freshmen. It may be, it may not be, and it may or may not matter, but these kinds of assumptions that are baked into the method, I think, cause people to feel a sense of discomfort about really feeling confident that the data really are measuring what we think they’re measuring,

Rebecca: So Debbie, I have another question. It seems like most of the data that you’re talking about is really focused on the states, so not necessarily international students and entirely undergraduates.

Debbie: Yes, and no, all of the earnings data is for US citizens only, and I will remind you that in order to have a student’s earnings get studied, they have to have gotten federal financial aid. International students are not eligible for Pell grants and for federal loans. So even if a former international student got OPT training and landed a job and became naturalized, we would have no way of knowing… the Department of Ed would have no way of knowing to tell the Treasury Department, “send me that person’s salary and earning data.” So universities that have huge international student bodies, especially if they’re doing really well, and supplying really fabulous students into high-need areas here in the United States. All of that is just kind of a loss. Now, your other question, like “Debbie, all you’re doing is talking about undergrad, undergrad, undergrad. What about graduate students?” The research that I really focused on this winter was about this Carnegie Access and Earnings framework, which is exclusively about the undergraduate experience. The scorecard data does include earnings data for graduate students, and the OBB BA work going on right now is also going to be relevant for graduate students. Graduate students are eligible to get federal loans in certain circumstances, and those loans will be cut off if a student gets a graduate degree from a school where their program is not earning on average as much as baccalaureate earners in whatever state or region the OBBA decides to look at, so it’s the same kind of framework, notched up one level.

Rebecca: The other thing that I was curious about is the data that you were talking about, is where students are coming from initially, which may not be where they are working.

Debbie: Yeah.

Rebecca: Am I right about that? [LAUGHTER]

Debbie: Oh, yeah. [LAUGHTER] And I’ve got a bunch of notes about this thing, and I definitely wanted to hit this. So you’re jumping into something that I already also agree is really a problem. Two issues: do students go back to where they came from? No. The other thing that’s really problematic, I think, is that the earnings data are all aggregated on the basis of what the student studied, not what they’re actually doing. So, I was thinking in my head, like examples, I know your field is art and design, design arts. Someone who studies design arts and graduates with an art degree and goes and does marketing in New York City is going to have a very different earnings experience than someone who completes an art degree at the same school and stays in that local area and runs art programs for the YMCA. These are both wonderful jobs, both jobs that would require an art degree to be really effective, but they’re incredibly different fields. I mean, one is marketing and the other one is social services, and that’s not accounted for. So, what a person’s actually doing with their degree is not part of the mix.

John: You talked a little bit about these core-based regions that are used for measuring geographic effects. What are they, and could you tell us a bit more about how they’re defined, and whether there’s some problems with the use of those.

Debbie: Yeah, the two year schools kind of pushed back and said statewide data doesn’t make any sense for us. So the Carnegie Foundation said, “Okay, the regional adjustment for two-year schools, we should use the data from the closest geographic region to their service area.” The Census Bureau has these geographic entities called core-based statistical areas. A CBSA is a geographic area that contains a large urban center, and then the surrounding areas that are kind of integrated economically with that urban center. Like, I live in Oswego, New York, which is about 30 miles north of Syracuse. I’m in the Syracuse CBSA, which makes perfect sense. There’s so much stuff that we depend on Syracuse for, and people go back and forth there all the time. So, Carnegie said, “Okay, let’s use core-based statistical areas for the two-year schools, and let’s also use them for these public regional universities.” There’s this category of universities called a regional public university, or an RPU, which is most public universities that are not focused on research. So, in New York, Stony Brook, and Albany and SUNY Buffalo, those are all research-focused institutions, they’re not RPUs. Almost all of the other four-year public universities in New York are considered RPUs. So, Carnegie said, “Well, they’re called regional, they must be serving their region. Let’s do all of our benchmarking for them based on the core-based statistical area.” Well, I really dug into this with my research, because the truth of the matter is most of these regional public universities are not recruiting heavily from our own regions. At most, RPUs would have maybe 20 to 30% of the students from their region. We’re all recruiting heavily in the big urban areas, because that’s where the students are. This is the whole piece of this enrollment cliff. Not only is certain states and regions losing students, but the students who are left are in the cities, and if we want to maintain universities out in the smaller communities, we’ve got to move the students out into these smaller communities. So I did some actual sensitivity analysis to see, does it matter? Does it impact the outcomes for these RPUs in the Carnegie world if you change from looking at them through a core-based statistical area lens, or using just their regular state lens?” And there’s a pretty big impact. It really can make kind of a big difference. One of the other things I looked at, just to sort of confirm for myself that this is kind of questionable, is I was thinking all these RPUs have… not all of them, but many of them… have huge dormitories, [LAUGHTER] and we have the ability to house huge percentages of our student bodies. So, while most two-year schools don’t have dorms, and the students have to come from right there in that community, that is just not true for the RPUs. I did a lot of work looking at the impact of this flip between CBSA and state data on the metrics measuring diversity. I didn’t do as much looking at the income piece, but it’s definitely a problem. Most RPUs are not getting the bulk of their students from their CBSA, and yet their benchmark salary is being determined, in very large matter, by the incomes in that CBSA. Is this good? Is it bad? I don’t know. It is a validity question, because we’re measuring something, thinking it means one thing when it really might not.

Rebecca: One of the other metrics that you were talking about is how the Department of Ed is comparing to median salaries of high school graduates. Can you talk a little bit about how they’re doing that, and what concerns you might have around that, in terms of like how they’re benchmarking which programs get loans.

Debbie: I’ve been speaking mostly about how the Carnegie made adjustments in order to accommodate regional variation. I want to make it clear at this point that the Carnegie framework did not consider field of study, which is where I think you were kind of starting to head, Rebecca, because it’s the field of study that the Department of Ed wants to use to cut loans off. They are not suggesting cutting off loans and grants to entire universities, although that is a possibility if a university has a really large proportion of its programs failing to meet the benchmark, then they could talk. I don’t know. But it really is this program level data. So, my understanding is that the Department of Ed, right now, is trying to figure out how to do some regional salary adjustments that may or may not look like how Carnegie did it, but the OBBBA data set is going to be doing these regional adjustments on salaries aggregated to reflect program of study, so you can go in right now to the scorecard, and you can go into fields of study, and for fields of study that have an adequate number of graduates, you can see what is the median earning for those graduates from that program four years later. On the same page, it has a little bar that says here is the average earnings of high school students in the United States at this point in time, and then there’s a bar right beneath that that said, and here’s the earnings for this school’s state. So right now OBBBA would be leaning on a data set, or the scorecard is saying here’s the field of study, but everybody gets matched up to the same national high school graduate earning data, or state high school earning data, and what I mean by high school earning data, it’s earnings of people who are employed full time in that year whose highest degree is a high school diploma.

Rebecca: So basically the numbers are comparing someone who studied this particular topic with anyone who’s in any job with a high school degree [LAUGHTER] in any field. [LAUGHTER]

Debbie: Yes, yes, and you know something that I haven’t really thought too much about, but it’s one of those things that I think I think about it in the middle of the night. The federal government right now is spending a lot of time and effort to make more federal funding available for short- term academic programs, which is like technical training. I feel like the federal government is working hard to improve the salary and earnings [LAUGHTER] of people with a high school degree, you go and get a certificate in a particular field, which is great, and I completely support this, but these high school earnings figures, I think, are going to be coming up. If the federal government is successful, the benchmark that they’re going to be comparing the four-year schools to is going to be going up more. I’m not really sure that’s going to happen, because I think earnings are really more a reflection of the labor market than they are a reflection, particularly of field of study and variances between different programs. Another problem, though, that I really want to talk about, and I hope this doesn’t give you heebie jeebies, Rebecca, because I know you’re more of a qualitative person and less of a quantitative person, but all of this benchmarking is going to be made based on comparing median earnings of a group of people to median earnings of a larger group, the high school comparison, so we really have to ask the question, we hot to dig back and think, okay, what is a median, or even what is an average, and what does it mean to enact a policy where we treat an entire group of people in a particular way based on the average of a group that that person happens to be a member of. This is a bigger problem, really, for Carnegie, because they were putting people in groups left and right, but this is a problem. This fact that the median is not necessarily particularly representative, because there are people who have much higher salaries and people who have much lower salaries. So, how fair is it to treat everybody in a program one way because of a median value, there’s two real issues here. The first is the issue of the cutoff value. I’m trying to think of a really good example to illustrate the cutoff value problem. In higher education, it’s very common for universities to say “everybody with a high school GPA of 3.5 and above is automatically admitted, directly admitted.” The cutoff problem is that there’s going to be a lot of people who have a 3.49 who have very, very good reasons for arguing that their 3.49 justifies their admission to this university to much greater extent than some other people that have a 3.5. Maybe that person went to a very exclusive, difficult high school, maybe the person began high school speaking a foreign language, maybe the person had trauma in their last year, all that stuff, and we all know colleges have these vast mechanisms for making exceptions that are required because of the cutoff value problem. Whenever you’re going to take a quantitative element and put people in groups, you’re going to have a cutoff problem. It’s like for the OBBBA, the cutoff problem is there’s going to be programs where the median high school salary is only $1 or two or three, it’s very, very close to the median for this group of students, for whatever reason. And that median could be low for a lot of reasons, maybe it’s low because that program has a bunch of students in grad school, maybe it’s low because those people all decided to take a mission year and they’re just now starting their careers. Whatever it is, you’re going to have people really close to the cutoff value. The second numeric problem, you have to think back when you were in stats class and they made you learn all about the standard deviation and the variance around the midpoint, this is a huge, huge problem. So, just to illustrate this, if you think about a couple of universities, and you think about business school graduates, you could have one university where the average business school grad earns 50,000 and another one where the average earns 40,000 so there’s a $10,000 difference between those two. Well, I can guarantee you, if you looked at either one of those, at the 40,000 you would find a lot of students earning over 50 and even over 60,000 and you would find lots of students earning 30,000 and below. The definition of a median is that half the people are above and half the people are below. There’s been a lot of research in higher education, specifically the research I’m most familiar with was done by the National Survey of Student Engagement, the NSSE. About 30 years ago, the NSSE started collecting student experience data, and very quickly they started putting out data showing that the variance of student experiences within any single school is vastly greater than the variance of student experiences from one school to another. This is just by definition, this has to be true in this earnings data. S o we’re very likely going to be eliminating programs that could have served students where we would have predicted that at least half of those students would have done just fine in the earnings metric. Now the scorecard has a ton of data about this variance measures. For every single program, they show the standard deviation, they provide a mean, they provide a median, and they provide the quartile values at the third quartile and the first, so that you can measure and see how wide is the gap within which 50% of students fall. The fact that they’re providing all this variance data tells me the people at the Department of Ed deeply understand the importance of variance, but deeply understanding it mathematically doesn’t explain to me how they’re going to accommodate for the variance when they start deciding which programs get cut off, because they have not talked about that at all. So there’s a lot of stuff really coming out here, [LAUGHTER] a lot of questions still on the table.

John: And you mentioned the cut off value, and how it’s somewhat arbitrary, and it’s very precise, though, they come up with a specific value, and yet so many of the benefits of education are not measured in salary. People with college degrees have lower unemployment rates, they have longer lifespans, they have higher quality of life, as measured by all sorts of happiness surveys. They have lower probabilities of divorce, they’re less likely to commit suicide, they’re less likely to commit crime, and so there are many aspects of jobs and the returns to education that are just completely being ignored by this focus on one specific value, and that’s kind of troubling.

Debbie: It is troubling, and it’s very, very sad. I hope that we can eventually, as a country, return to a time where we value learning and personal growth. I think our labor market is kind of not really supporting all of our people particularly well right now. I would like to live in a world where if someone is called to ministry, that they don’t have to worry [LAUGHTER] that they can’t go and get a degree that they can afford to pay for, because being a minister is not going to pay very much, or if a person is called to be a pianist, concert pianists don’t always earn a lot of money. Does that mean we taxpayers, with our taxpayer support, that we shouldn’t support that person’s education? I don’t want to live in a world that doesn’t have concert pianists who have been supported all the way through getting a Doctor of Music Arts, because the people who have those degrees are amazing in the way they connect our world to our history through music, and I’m picking on fields that are often sort of the punching boys for “don’t study theater, you’ll never make an income.”

Rebecca: But these are the fields that often contribute a lot to a community, and these measures don’t actually have anything to do with community benefit or the public good.

Debbie: Yep, the public good.

Rebecca: So, on that note, [LAUGHTER] we always end by asking, what’s next?

Debbie: I’m so glad that you are ending with that, because I think there’s no question we will be… we in higher education… will be controlled by these student earnings data for a while. This final OBBBA ruling is supposed to come out of its last session of a negotiated rule making at the end of May, we’re sitting here, May of 2026, we are speaking about this as it’s happening. If you’re starting to pay attention to this, or you’re looking for information about it, I want to enable you to learn more and be empowered. So, really, what’s your favorite publication for higher ed stuff? Is it the Chronicle of Higher Ed, is it Inside HigherEd or even The New York Times and will be covering this information. What you’re looking for is, they might speak about this ruling as financial value transparency work. The old language, which some of us are still kind of stuck in, we talked about this as gainful employment regulations. I have just started seeing reference to a new acronym, STATS, which stands for Student Tuition and Transparency System. I’m not sure, but I think that stats may be how the Department of Ed plans to rebrand the Scorecard, so that when they bring it out as the basic thing undergirding this new regulation of limiting students’ access to loans and Pell grants, that STATS is what we’re going to be looking at. So those are some keywords to look for and listen for, and the last thing is wherever you are, figure out who your institutional researchers are. Make sure that they are pulling up these data files. If you Google Scorecard and higher education, if you Google access and earnings, or if you look for Carnegie classification, all of these will take you to these websites where you can look for the data and download the data and learn about its structure. So don’t wait, be empowered. The federal government has a lot of power in this conversation right now, because they control the data, but we can at least begin to educate ourselves, which is why I wanted to come and talk about this, and I really appreciate that you guys gave me the opportunity, and you ask me great questions, and you listen to my answers, and I hope you’ve learned some about how the data are put together and what we’re going to be looking for in the next couple of months.

John: So one implication of all this is that, in terms of admissions decisions, would this whole incentive system encourage, perhaps, colleges to only accept white males from higher income households because they end up with higher salaries on average.

Debbie: I don’t think we’re going to go there in higher ed. What I think is more likely is an acceleration of what we’re already seeing. I have a daughter in school in Indiana, and she keeps me apprised of what they’re doing out there, so I pay attention. I think many states have used the OBBBA work as a reason to go through and cull their programs, not particularly on the basis of earnings, but to get rid of all the small programs, and these two things tend to go together. They just do. So, I know Indiana has chopped a ton of programs. Universities are eliminating small programs left and right under an argument that they’re saving money, that they don’t have enough resources to maintain these programs. Any university with an IR person worth their salary is making sure that universities do not eliminate small programs that have very high earnings. I worked at a university that had a really small engineering program. They’re not going to eliminate that program, [LAUGHTER] even though it’s really hard and expensive to run, but those students do earn really high salaries. I think, getting to your point, John, universities are so desperate for tuition revenue, I do not think that they are going to filter for the potential future earnings of white men. Some might, but I don’t know. I’ll do that research four years from now, and I’ll come back and let you know how it’s going. [LAUGHTER]

John: It’s just one of the worst possible outcomes of the incentive system that they’ve devised.

Rebecca: I think it’s really helpful for faculty to be more apprised of this information, because it’s kind of zooming past us as policy and regulations are changing so swiftly, and so having this explainer is very helpful. [LAUGHTER]

John: Yes, thank you. This was really good and it’s things that I think most faculty are not that aware of right now.

Debbie: I think people are viewing it as something that is happening to us, and as I close, saying yes, that’s kind of it, it is happening to us. There may eventually come a time when we can speak back and push to recreate a more equitable, more reasonable understanding that incorporates more of the community values and the public values that we get from higher ed.

John: And we are lucky to be in a state where there is much more support…

Debbie: Oh, yeah…

John: …for the positive aspects of education.

Rebecca: Thank you so much.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

447. UDL at Scale

The Universal Design for Learning framework is often adopted by individual faculty for particular courses. In this episode, Tom Tobin joins us to discuss the potential benefits associated with an institution-wide adoption of this framework.

Tom is an internationally recognized scholar, author and speaker on technology mediated education, especially copyright, evaluation of teaching practices, academic integrity, accessibility, and universal design for learning, which is a topic we’ll be talking about today. He helped found the University of Wisconsin Madison Center for Teaching, Learning, and Mentoring. Tom is on Ed Tech Magazine’s Influencers Dean’s List, and has been honored with the Wagner Leadership Award in Distance Learning Administration, and he is one of EduFlow’s global top 100 learning influencers. Tom serves on the boards of Advances in Online Education, The Online Journal of Distance Learning Administration, and the Oklahoma University Press: Teaching, engaging and thriving in higher ed series. We’re very glad that he’s made time to be with us with all these activities. His books include Evaluating Online Teaching, The Copyright Ninja, Reach Everyone, Teach Everyone: UDL in Higher Education, Going Alt-Ac: A Guide to Alternative Academic Careers, Implementing UDL in Irish Further Education and Training, and what we’ll be talking about today, UDL at Scale: Whole-Campus Universal Design for Learning, which is coming out this summer.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: The Universal Design for Learning framework is often adopted by individual faculty for particular courses. In this episode, we explore the potential benefits associated with an institution-wide adoption of this framework.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Thomas J Tobin. Tom is an internationally recognized scholar, author and speaker on technology mediated education, especially copyright, evaluation of teaching practices, academic integrity, accessibility, and universal design for learning, which is a topic we’ll be talking about today. He helped found the University of Wisconsin Madison Center for Teaching, Learning, and Mentoring. Tom is on Ed Tech Magazine’s Influencers Dean’s List, and has been honored with the Wagner Leadership Award in Distance Learning Administration, and he is one of EduFlow’s global top 100 learning influencers. Tom serves on the boards of Advances in Online Education, The Online Journal of Distance Learning Administration, and the Oklahoma University Press: Teaching, engaging and thriving in higher ed series. We’re very glad that he’s made time to be with us with all these activities. His books include Evaluating Online Teaching, The Copyright Ninja, Reach Everyone, Teach Everyone: UDL in Higher Education, Going Alt-Ac: A Guide to Alternative Academic Careers, Implementing UDL in Irish Further Education and Training, and what we’ll be talking about today, UDL at Scale: Whole-Campus Universal Design for Learning, which is coming out this summer. Welcome back, Tom.

Tom: Thank you, John and Rebecca, it’s a pleasure to be back on Tea for Teaching. Thank you for having me.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are… Tom, are you drinking tea with us today?

Tom: I am. I have some Pure Leaf Unsweetened Iced Tea. So that sound of ice cubes that you hear that’s my preferred form of my iced tea.

Rebecca: Sounds nice and refreshing.

John: And I have spring cherry green tea today. Given that we are apparently in spring, the snow has stopped at least for a few days, so we’re moving into spring here.

Rebecca: I have Lady Grey today.

John: Very good, one of my favorites. So we’ve invited you here today to discuss UDL at Scale. While most of our listeners are familiar with UDL to a greater or lesser extent, could you at least provide a brief overview of the UDL framework to help set the framework of the discussion?

Tom: Absolutely. Universal Design for Learning, or UDL, is a framework based on how we learn as human beings. So it’s based in neuroscience, fairly loosely, if I’m being honest. That when we learn anything, we have to activate three different chemical pathways in our brains. We have to have a reason to learn something. We have to have the content that we’re learning, and we have to be able to reinforce it, practice with it, tie it to other things that we already know. And so these three phases of the learning process, which are themselves a pretty good simplification of very complex chemical cascade in our neuroanatomy, they correspond to three different things that we can do as designers to help people to get started and stick with us when things get challenging, have the information to be able to learn it, and then to show what they know and practice with it. The neuroscientists at CAST in Boston, way back in the late 1980s and early 1990s, they discovered that if we give people one way to get started or take in information or practice, then we’re leaving out other ways that people could engage with that stuff. So what they said was, make more than one way, make multiple ways for people to get engaged, for people to take in information, and for people to practice, and people will choose which one seems best to them in the moment, and that helps the learning to stick. So Universal Design for Learning asks us, as instructors, developers, designers, to make multiple ways that people can get engaged, take in information, and show what they know.

Rebecca: Can you tell us the origin story of your new book, UDL at Scale, and its relationship with your previous work?

Tom: This is a very different book than my previous two books on Universal Design for Learning. When I did Reach Everyone, Teach Everyone: UDL in Higher Education with Kirsten Behling and then when I did the Universal Design for Learning in Further Education and Training for the Irish government, those were practical application based books. People were hungry to have, how do I do this in my own classroom or my own institutional design? That was at an individual level. People wanted to have the nuts and bolts of, what do I do when I’m designing a lesson or an activity or an assessment? One of the big challenges that you started to see over and over again is that whether it’s by law or by policy or by people adopting good ideas, we’ve been putting the burden of making things accessible on the shoulders only of instructors. And we also have not been giving them any release time or extra money or a graduate assistant, or we’ve not taken any work off their plates in order for them to be able to make their materials and engagements more inclusive and more accessible. So it’s not actually a wonder that only about 10% of instructors, wherever we look, have adopted inclusive design techniques of any kind, let alone a specific one, like the Universal Design for Learning Framework. Because of that, when I would talk with boards of trustees, college presidents, provosts, deans, campus leaders, and I would say, “You know that you have these legal requirements.” In the United States, we have the Americans with Disabilities Act. In Canada, it’s the Accessible Canada Act. Worldwide, there are laws that apply to the design of content and materials, and we’re not even doing that really well. So when I would talk with campus leaders, and I would say, you recognize that there is this requirement there, but there’s also an opportunity there to lower access barriers and keep our students with us at greater rates, helping with student persistence, student retention, their satisfaction as alumni. Everybody said, “yeah, those are great ideals, and you know, they’re part of our mission and our values, and we just don’t have the people or the time or the funds to be able to do that widely.” So I wrote the book UDL at Scale as an advice guide and a how-to-manual for campus leaders who think they don’t have the resources to actually get that stuff done. They do, and it’s actually when we think about lowering access barriers, not just in the classroom, not just putting the burden on instructor shoulders, but when we think about training everybody across all of our service touch points: the library, mental health counseling, academic counseling, IT, the media services team, you name it. Training all of those service touch points, to be a little bit more inclusive, to give a few more options, to lower accessibility barriers. It turns out that’s a really good financial decision. And so that was the genesis of the book.

John: In terms of that financial decision. What does the research tell us about the effect of UDL on student success, completion, retention, etc.?

Tom: Oh, this one’s great, because we actually do have research about the impact and effect of inclusive design changes, and every leader at every campus has been tasked with being a change agent. We want to move our institutions into spaces where we are making changes because they are driven by the needs of our employer bases, the needs of our students, the needs and vision of our institutions. So here’s the data, folks. Students, are five times more likely to earn a credential when they feel that they have a voice in their education, when they feel that they have a choice in how they move through their educational paths, when they feel a sense of belonging, that they are a part of the institution and its culture and its community, and rather than apart from it, when they feel like they have some agency, like they’re not just being told, “do this, do that, do the other.” That they have some say in how they move through their conversations with a college or a university, and when they have a sense of safety, that they are psychologically okay to be wrong, to explore, to get things wrong, to fail at things and come back to them. Those five things: voice, choice, belonging, agency, and safety. When students say “yes, I felt these things” during their educations, those students are five times more likely to persist and earn a credential with us. So when we think about all of the touchy feely aspects of it, that actually translates into money, that translates into tuition dollars, that translates into students not dropping out or stopping out as much as they otherwise might. And a lot of different ways that we can approach that have to do with access barriers, and we’ve talked about this in other books, but instructors aren’t the only teachers on our campus. Your media services people are teaching students how to engage with materials and content. Our librarians are teaching students how to discern good information and reliable and trustworthy information from slop that’s out there on the internet. and on and on and on, right? So our registrar is teaching students how to navigate the systems of the college or the university through the catalog and the various programs that we have on offer. So wherever we look at engagement with students, they are, in many cases, teaching engagements, and so we can design for those engagements in order to give people the kinds of choices that you heard about as we started our conversation. Multiple ways to get started and stick with it, multiple ways to take in the information that they’re learning about, and multiple ways to take action or express themselves once that they’re engaged with our service areas across all of our service touch points.

John: When you talk about people being five times more likely, is the benchmark of that students in high school or middle school and so forth, in terms of the probability of going to college and acquiring a degree? Because we do have over half of the students who enter college leaving with some sort of a credential, at least, on aggregate. So to get that number, it would seem like it would have to go back a bit to an earlier stage.

Tom: Oh, I’m actually not even talking about being that ambitious in our research. What I’m talking about is of all the current students who enroll right now, regardless of whether they are 18 years old and coming out of high school, or whether they’re 50 years old and coming back to re-skill. Out of all of those folks, you are correct. About half of them end up with a credential after 6, 7, 8, years usually. So the myth of the undergraduate who gets the degree in four years, that full-time student, is kind of a unicorn. At the same time, when we think about the 50% of students who drop out temporarily or stop out altogether, the number one reason why people don’t receive a credential is financial, “I can’t afford to continue now, or I can’t afford to continue at all.” And the research is fairly clear on this one, that the majority of people who stop out or drop out by financial reasons, it’s for $500 or less. So a lot of colleges and universities have now implemented micro-forgiveness programs, where if you owe less than $500 we’ll just write that off, and you keep going. And that’s an investment in the student, and it turns people into degree earners at far greater rates. But what’s the number two reason? If the number one reason is financial, what’s the number two reason why people stop out or drop out? It’s time, it’s the clock. We are all trying to put our educations into busy schedules. We have work responsibilities, caregiving responsibilities, military service, we just live far away from campus, whatever it is. If there’s a reason why people are busy and trying to put things together, and they don’t really fit all that well into the 24 hours of the day, those reasons are out there. So universal design for learning helps make processes go a little more smoothly. Helps students not to have to call back three times to get their question answered with IT. Helps for there to be less rework, and that’s actually one of the central arguments of the book, is that we’re actually making things a little bit more efficient for us as providers of services, and we’re also making things smoother and easier for our students in terms of process. We’ll talk about academic rigor later, but your question is an astute one, and the research that I’m citing in the book is fairly narrow, taking our existing pool of people who start, how many of them will finish?

Rebecca: Well, it’s certainly a compelling argument to implement, and we were talking about the time of not implementing. It costs a lot of time if we have inefficient and terrible processes. [LAUGHTER] We also talked about the burden on faculty trying to meet accessibility requirements, or introducing or rolling out UDL on their own. So if we think about institutional rollout, you can think about is there like aggregate benefits by rolling it out, but there’s also, seems like there might be some startup costs there too, in terms of time and effort. Can you talk a little bit about that?

Tom: Oh, Rebecca, that’s an astute question. Because right now, listeners, we’re recording this in late April of 2026 and in the United States, we just had a deadline to implement the Title II updates to the Americans with Disabilities Act. For those of you not familiar with that, by the end of April in 2026 we were all, colleges and universities, supposed to have all of the materials that we host in internet and in mobile formats comply with the Web Content Accessibility Group Standards. So there are 50 different standards for web hosted materials. And absolutely no one, and I mean no one, was going to be compliant as of the deadline. So the United States Department of Justice and Department of Education pushed that deadline back a year, and now it’s April of 2027. And it’s going to be April of 2027 and we’re going to be wringing our hands, going, “Oh my gosh, we’re not compliant still.” I guarantee that. So there’s a prediction for you, listeners. But Rebecca, your question has to do with that kind of situation. So when we, as colleges and universities, think about compliance with the law around accessibility, that means that that compliance usually falls on individuals’ shoulders. You, instructor of this biology course, you created all these materials, now it’s up to you to make them accessible. And when we think at that individual level, every individual has to be perfect in order for an institution to say that they are compliant. So if you’ve got one department that doesn’t get there, then the entire institution fails. So let’s turn that around, and when we think about Universal Design for Learning, when we’re applying it in an individual course, I actually want people to do a little bit less when we’re thinking about institution-level application. And one of the reasons why people are a little panicked now about those WCAG 50 standards is that we are asking communications professors and art historians and chemists to suddenly become experts in web design, and that’s not what the idea is about with that legal compliance issue. So when you think about people engaging in Universal Design for Learning at the individual level, the impact doesn’t have to be perfect. It doesn’t have to mean everyone does UDL to some perfect level where you get green check marks all throughout your learning management system with a particular tool. Imagine, and I’ve used this analogy before, it’s a good one for this conversation, too. Listeners, imagine that there are 20 steps to shining perfect, accessible content in your courses. There aren’t, but just for the sake of argument, let’s say there are 20 steps. Most places will spend some time, money, and effort to train a couple dozen people to get to step 18. And then we say, “You are our champions. Go train everyone else.” That’s where it breaks down, the “go train everyone else.” Other people are not being given extra time or time off, or they don’t get any support to actually focus their attention on these issues. What I wanted to do with Universal Design for Learning at Scale was to offer ways that we not get everyone to step 18, 19, 20, but to get absolutely everyone in the college or the university to step 2. What are some simple things that everyone does that become part of our everyday workflows? And so I’m indebted to our colleague Jordan Cameron at Kennesaw State University. Years ago, she came up with what she called “The Basic Four,” and that was if everybody did these four things, then some people on campus who were specialists could help with the really tough or knotty or detailed nuanced affordances, but everybody would do these four things. They would make alternative text for images that are displayed on websites in the learning management system and elsewhere. They would use semantic structure, so the heading level. putting things as titles in text-based documents. They would use captions or transcripts for video resources. And they would engage in inclusive procurement. They would engage in a process where, if the college or university is buying and supporting technology tools, they would only buy and support tools that were accessible and met those legal requirements. And if everybody did just those four things, it would, One, spread the workload around. Two, it would make sure that the expertise was available for the really challenging cases of accessible design. Three, it would allow everyone to adopt inclusive practices in a low-stakes way across their everyday workload. Meaning it’s not extra to do inclusive work, it’s actually part of our jobs, and it’s not a huge part of our jobs that we would need to fold in new things. So when we think about “the individual has to be perfect, but the collective only has to be good.” That’s what I’m aiming for. So when we think about individual courses with UDL, yes, institution-wide adoption is a little bit different than the sum of everyone just doing UDL in their own space. In fact, I don’t want to turn everyone into experts in the three principles and the nine guidelines and the 36 considerations of the Universal Design for Learning Framework. There should be people on campus who do that and know that. At the same time, everybody should have some real simple principles and practices that they can engage in that are consistent throughout all of our employees in a college or a university. So, excellent question. Thank you.

John: Have any institutions committed to a UDL-at-scale approach?

Tom: There have been, to my counting, 13 institutions who’ve actually gone from, “Hey, that’s a good idea” to “our institution is actually doing it.” I had the privilege and the pleasure of working with five of those. And I actually want to highlight one where I wasn’t the consultant, and they did it all on their own. This is Atlantic Technological University in Sligo, Ireland. And for listeners here in North America, they are a cross between what we would call a technical college, a community college, and a four-year undergraduate college. They do all of those things within their technological university mandate. What they discovered was that they were serving learners who lived all over the place in northwestern Ireland. So folks were living a 45-minute or an hour commute away by car, and a lot of their students were driving very long distances to be able to come to one of their many campuses. So what they did was they adopted an inclusive mindset, and of course, in Europe, they have the United Nations Strategic Development Goals, or SDGs. Inclusion is one of them, lowering access barriers is another one of those. So they used those as their guiding principles, and then they adopted Universal Design for Learning as a framework that allowed them to operationalize those aspirational principles. When we think about how that works, one of the first things that they did was convincing instructors and employees and staff members to adopt UDL. And of course, there were a lot of folks with their arms crossed saying, “I got along without this before. Why do I have to do this now? This seems like extra work.” The one change that they did, and I want to highlight this, their President and their board of directors said, “We want to be the most inclusive college or university in the country, and that’s a goal toward which we are all headed. We are going to put resources toward this in terms of time, people, and money,” but they didn’t do the next step that you might suggest. You might think that the next step was, “Here’s our plan, and now everybody follow it.” Their next step was to move away from “you must,” to move away from mandates and compliance and move into support. They said, “Here’s the goal. We want everybody to achieve these kinds of inclusive practices in your support area, in your department, in your study, and you tell us what it’s going to take to get to that goal, and we’ll support you.” So what happened from a top-down level was that the support that people were asking for was very different in different places. Some places wanted time, some places wanted funding, some places wanted a couple of experts to come in and help them think about things, and the senior leaders at that institution did those things. Did they do them perfectly, exactly as asked? No. At the same time, that listening attitude, that attitude of “this is a service that we’re providing to you,” it was great. When instructors would think about, “Oh, I want to make some of my content more universally designed,” and they would go talk with their teaching center folks or their learning designers, the learning designer would say, “Oh, yeah, we can teach you how to do this, or we can do this along with you.” And so that wasn’t perceived as, “Oh, here’s another law that applies to me, and now I have to do things differently.” It was perceived by instructors as, “Oh, the whole place is moving in this direction, and now this is a service on which I can rely.” Doing that actually spread the workload around and made it a slow and incremental change where people could ask questions and voice concerns and they got listened to. So that was a wonderful way that the folks at ATU actually implemented Universal Design for Learning. So now it’s part of their policy manual. It’s part of their mission and vision, and it’s also part of just the way they do things, because they actually shifted the culture.

Rebecca: What I’m hearing you say, Tom, is that the leadership at the institution modeled this practice by rolling out UDL in a UDL way, and gave folks some agency and some choice.

Tom: Yeah, students are not the only people who are five times more likely to stick with something when they feel they have a voice, choice, belonging, agency and safety, correct? So you’re making a connection, Rebecca, that I think listeners, you can also make. We as employees, whether we are part of the leadership team, whether we’re instructors and faculty members, whether we are service members and staff members. We are also learners, we are also human beings who want to have a clear reason why we’re doing the thing. We want to be able to get access to the information and the content that we’re going to use, and we want to be able to take action in a way that is meaningful for us. So we absolutely can UDL the process of adopting UDL. Yes.

John: Now, on your first book on UDL, you advocated a plus one approach to UDL adoption, and I think that’s something that many people have picked up on as making it a little bit more feasible or easier to manage. Do you make a similar suggestion at the institutional level?

Tom: It’s an unfair question, John, because I didn’t predict when I wrote, Reach Everyone, Teach Everyone with Kirsten Behling, that my idea of approaching Universal Design for Learning, not as here’s three principles that turn into nine guidelines that turn into 36 considerations that we should just approach that as plus one thinking, if there’s one way for an engagement to happen, now make one more way. That was always meant to be a starting point for UDL practice, not the entirety of everyone’s understanding of it. And I’ve been very honored and pleased to see that that plus one idea has really taken root. People know plus one as a way to start Universal Design for Learning, because it’s simple, it’s easy to understand and it’s easy to get your brain around it, and it also is small. Take one action, try one thing, do one experiment, and see what happens. Now you’re asking me to predict which of the ideas from my new book are going to take off because they are so simple or so resonant with people that they’re just going to latch on to it. I don’t know which one of those ideas is going to take off. If I had to put forward two candidates, though, one of them, we just talked about, shift from compliance to support. It seems like a very small and philosophical change. At the same time, changing the messaging around the activities that you’re doing as an institution, changes people’s perception of what those things are. It goes from “Oh, this is required of me,” to “Oh, this is a service on which I can rely.” And shifting from compliance to support narratives, those are the kinds of things that actually shift cultures and change people’s minds. So that’s one. And then a second one, I have a diagram in the book. Listeners, you can’t see it, but I’ll describe it very briefly. Think about a rectangle that is wider than it is tall. Over on the left-hand side, we’ll put “beginner” at the bottom of that. We’ll put “proficient” in the middle, and then we’ll put “approaching expert” on the other side. That’s a timeline of the learning process when people are beginners, when they’ve got a few ideas, when they’re getting it, and they’re almost experts with us. Now draw a line that starts at the very bottom, over by beginner, and goes to the very top, near proficient. We’ve just divided our rectangle into a growing and a diminishing triangle. The diminishing triangle is UDL, Universal Design for Learning, and it’s designed UDL. This is where we, as instructors, designers, developers, facilitators, when people are beginners, we want to design almost all of the boundaries and the possibilities for our learners. We tell them what to read, what to look at, what to do as exercises, so that they will get all of the foundational information. And then, as that triangle gets smaller and smaller over time, we start taking our safeguards and guardrails and left and right boundaries away. And then, by the time people are almost experts, we’re not giving them hardly any guidance or structure, we’re asking them to do. Now, the triangle that’s increasing over time, it starts out almost at nothing when people are beginners. That’s tool use. This is using AI tools, this is using calculators, this is any kinds of tools that people can use to support their learning. When they’re beginners, we don’t want them using any tools. We want them to learn things the hard way, the manual way, the long way, so that they actually struggle with and get the foundational concepts and the practice that we’re doing. Then by the time they’re proficient in the middle there, tool use grows and we start saying, “Okay, now here use tools to help you learn.” This is telling people not to use artificial intelligence to summarize their reading, but to use AI to make study questions about the reading and to use AI to help the learning process itself, but then by the time they get to be proficient, and, after that, when they get to be expert with us, then we say, “Okay, go ahead and use the tools to skip some steps,” because we’re going to use those AI tools, perhaps, to do easier or introductory level kinds of things, so that we can use our human brains to start working on more nuanced or more complex thinking processes. Now, readers, take one more line up at the top of this rectangle, start and draw a rising line from left to right, and we’re going to put one lopsided triangle on top. That is agentic UDL. And it has to go in lock step as our designed UDL diminishes over the learning process, we have to start replacing it with learner agency. We tell our learners not go read this thing and do this activity, but we say, “What kinds of resources do you need or want now? What kinds of activities would help you to learn better on this?” And we become more guides rather than dictators of the things. So when we think about that lopsided house, my hope is that that diagram will take off, because it’s a simple way to think about the entire learning process and what goes into it. And spoiler alert, listeners, it’s fractal. That learning process can happen over the course of an individual lesson, over the course of a unit, over the course of an entire class offering, over the course of an entire credential. So we can go through that process at lots of different scales. So awesome question, and even though it was unfair, I do have two candidates for the things that I hope will take off.

Rebecca: But I think you also reiterated the idea that the plus one can help an institution get started, because it’s iterative, it changes over time, it’s scaffolded, it’s all the things that you’ve been describing.

Tom: And that’s 100% on purpose. I try to offer ideas that are easy to put your brain around, and then get really nuanced and complex when you start implementing them, because you have the agency and the choice to be able to do that design in a way that works well for you and for your learners.

Rebecca: In addition to the support model that you’ve been talking about, as institutions begin to commit to UDL, can you talk a little bit about what kinds of incentive structures they may want to consider to help faculty employees stay aligned with this framework?

Tom: Ooh, can I turn your question inside out a bit, Rebecca? You talked about incentive structures. And incentives are things that we give people when they’re doing things that they don’t normally do. What I want to do is I want to make Universal Design for Learning just part of our everyday workflows. So an incentive would mean “I’m going to pay you extra to do some extra thing” or “I’m going to give you release time, because this is hard and you need some time to do it.” Initially, yes, those things need to be in place because it’s different from the way that we do things now. The goal for me, though, is that we’re not creating incentives that mentally label UDL as extra or on top of the work that we should be doing. So I want to turn the question a little inside out and say that my advice to everyone who’s a campus leader is the very first thing you can do is to put Universal Design for Learning into job descriptions for new hires and into the performance evaluation process. Make Universal Design for Learning expected of people who come into the institution as new employees, and make UDL practices part of the measurable criteria by which people’s jobs are assessed. That’s not exactly an incentive program. And if you just put them into the job descriptions and new hire offerings without actually training people on what that looks like, then you’re setting them up for failure. So having the training available before those changes happen, having an opportunity for people to be assessed on Universal Design for Learning once or twice through the cycle without it counting, so that they get the feedback, but if they haven’t been doing well with it, that they get an opportunity to say, “Oh, wait, I probably need to go attend the workshops or get some coaching or work with a mentor on this.” But I’m a big fan of letting people fail without consequences.

Rebecca: Jeez, that sounds like another UDL principle being highlighted right here.

Tom: It’s not technically in the UDL guidelines, but it does absolutely show up in guideline eight, and we can nerd out about that later. [LAUGHTER] But listeners, what we’re thinking about here is when we think about giving people the opportunity to try things out, work with them in their own fashion, but also holding them accountable, like accountability is a key driver to scaling up any change at any institution, and with Universal Design for Learning, it’s no different. The difference here is that I want to suggest give people an opportunity to have a minute to get in touch with and apply these ideas and then assess them, but don’t ding them if their assessment is poor. Say, “Okay, this didn’t work,” or “You need more time on this,” or “You need this a different way.” Let’s work with what actually is going to help move the needle here. I also want to share, the bar should be incredibly low. We’re not looking for a 100% or a green score in the learning management system on Blackboard Ally, where it’s checking all the accessibility. Universal Design for Learning and accessibility are actually different. Accessibility just means that that’s sort of the floor that’s where everybody should be doing this as a matter of course, and Universal Design for Learning is a framework that allows us to move beyond just what’s compliant. So excellent question, and thank you for letting me play with it.

John: And by making it part of the culture of the institution and part of the regular expectations, then it does build in a little bit of loss aversion, which is a behavioral economics principle, which suggests that the threat of losing a job [LAUGHTER] by not doing it might have much more of an impact than the possibility of getting incentives for doing something. That’s perhaps an overly harsh way of suggesting that.

Tom: Listeners you heard John say that, and not me, right? [LAUGHTER] But I’m also not a behavioral economist, fairly, though.

John: But one, point though, that I think is worth at least discussing is that many faculty become concerned about new initiatives that are initiated by their current administration in the institution, when institutions have a fair amount of turnover at the top. How can institutions build this into the culture of the institution in a way that is going to persist after the administration turns over?

Tom: Ooh, excellent question. There’s a very short phrase in higher education that is meant to be ironic or satiric. It’s called “new provost, new priorities.” So every few years, a new senior leader comes in and they say, “We were doing this, and now we’re going to do that.” And in some institutions, it changes every year or so, right? The campus leaders go to a leadership conference, they hear about the next big new thing, and suddenly the funding and the winds change. It’s a reasonable response if you’ve been there long enough to kind of fold your arms across your chest and say, “I’m just going to wait until the winds change again and change again, and maybe I won’t have to actually do an awful lot with all of these big new priorities.” So there’s an individual and a collective way to respond. Individual way is to play to people’s own interests. And we’ve talked about this in other conversations and books. It’s still true. Ask people where they’re already finding challenges or gaps. Where is it that you give the directions for an activity and you get an email 400 times from your students, all asking the same clarifying question about the direction? Where is it that you give a splendid lecture, and then everybody gets that concept wrong on the exam, you’ve got to reteach. Where are those places where people are already going to do a little work to redesign or think again about how they’re approaching a particular idea, concept or process? Those are always good places to start thinking in a more inclusive way, because you can lower some barriers, not only for the learners, but also for yourself. So when we think about UDL, the selling point of UDL for individuals is that a little bit of effort now actually saves you a lot of effort later. And you know where you’re putting in all of that repeated effort that just seems to be a time sink. So in your own career, think about that. And then when we think about, at an institutional level, if we’re going to have leadership change over, there are three things we can do right away, and this is all chapter five, people. One, make sure that you are enshrining Universal Design for Learning in your policy manual, this takes the longest amount of time. When you’re involved in shared governance, things do not move fast. But if inclusive design is actually part of the identity of the institution and it’s part of the mission that we’re on. Folks at Greensboro College in North Carolina actually did adopt this first into their mission, and worked back from that into practice and into making it part of their everyday work. Two, when we think institutionally, we actually talked about this as well. Putting Universal Design for Learning into those job descriptions and performance evaluations means that you’re changing culture by fiat. And John, you said it in a different way than I would have [LAUGHTER] in terms of risk or loss aversion. But when we think about risk, we can think about risk in negative ways and positive ways. So the negative risk is, “Oh, if I don’t do this, I might lose my job, or I won’t get my promotion.” But the positive risk aspect of it is, if we do this, then we are likely to have more students stick with us. If we do this, we are more likely to have fewer students asking the same question over and over and over again or tripping over the same stumbling blocks intellectually or practically. And then the third thing that we can think about when we’re working at scale is that institutional culture, the people who are there the longest typically aren’t the senior leaders, it’s typically the folks in operations. So the folks who are running the departments and the support units, we’ve got the institutional memory. So in trying Universal Design for Learning in your practices at your unit level, put it in the handbook, put it in the manual, put it in the new employee onboarding that you do. That’s where it’s going to stick, because provosts and presidents come and go, it’s a truism in higher education. And the folks who are here for the long haul, Universal Design for Learning helps us do our jobs more efficiently, with less stress, less anxiety, and it helps our students to be more successful. It does require effort and work, and to the extent that we can make time, put money, assign people to those tasks, the better. But even if we don’t have a lot of any of those three things, we can still shift how people act.

John: And if students are learning more, it tends to be much more enjoyable for faculty.

Tom: Wow, I didn’t put that in the book. Seriously, I didn’t put that in the book because one of the biggest arguments that we have for Universal Design for Learning is that it helps students to learn more effectively, and I guarantee you that that is not an argument that moves anyone to open their budget. So this book, like I was saying at the very beginning, is a very different kind of argument to the one that I have produced in other books. In other books, we’re talking about social justice, we’re talking about efficiency, we’re talking about efficacy for the students. In this book, we’re talking about, “Yeah, this actually makes sense, because it means that we’re spending our money more effectively and wisely, and helps us with reducing rework and making processes more efficient.” This is language that I’m not used to using all the time, and it’s language that most campus leaders are very used to hearing.

Rebecca: It’s important to have campus leadership on board to make this a cultural shift, but it doesn’t have to start there. It can start from anyone at a university who’s committed to this work. Do you have some strategies that individuals might use, collectively or individually, to start to nudge an administration to consider adopting the UDL framework for the entire institution?

Tom: We’re actually heading in that direction in our conversation already, aren’t we?

Rebecca: We are.

Tom: So if you’ve got a grassroots effort where you can show that Universal Design for Learning actually does have an effect on student retention, or more tuition coming in, or fewer people dropping out. Collect those data and share that information with your senior leaders and share it with language that they understand. That is task number one. Talk about its impact on the budget for your unit. Or if it’s not a budget impact, talk about how, instead of putting out little tiny fires over and over and over again, that adopting UDL has meant that you’ve addressed some regular concerns and gaps that happen every day, and that’s actually freed up your staff to go after bigger or more complex challenges and goals. So it actually does help us to shift how we spend our time. Listeners, I don’t know what area you work in, in a college or a university, I guarantee that you have the story of the thing that you spend all your time doing once a year. So for example, I worked with some colleagues at D’Youville University in Buffalo, New York, and the head of their Disability Services Office. She was one of the champions who went through a process of learning more about Universal Design for Learning. She shared that on average, she was chasing 70 plus students every semester because they had to actually actively request their accommodations every semester, it’s not just like you get your accommodations and then you’re good for four more years or six more years. So every semester, she would be sending out email messages to people’s .edu address saying, “Hey, quick reminder, you have to request this every semester.” And she spent literally 80 to 120 hours of her own time, and then 80 to 120 hours of the four people in her office chasing down these requests. And then they made one UDL change. When people initially sought a disability accommodation, they asked the students, “We’re going to send stuff to your campus address. Would you be willing to share your cell phone number with us so we could text you? We promise we won’t spam you.” 90 plus percent of the students on intake shared their cell numbers, and when she sent out the reminder, “Hey, you got to do this every semester,” it went to their email address and it went to their cell phone number, if they had shared it. They literally went from chasing 70 or more students over the course of weeks every semester to two. Two people needed reminders more than once. So making that UDL choice about giving people more than one way that they can get the information helped them to actually reduce a huge time barrier for their staff, and that meant that their disability service staff weren’t playing phone tag and email tag with people, but they were able to actually do the work that they were hired to do, which is helping students to overcome barriers in the classroom environment. So when we think about convincing the administration, show them examples like that. “Hey, we saved you a whole bunch of money, and now we can work on more complex challenges with the same number of staff members.” That’s an argument that a provost is going to listen to. So show that it works and use language that they understand: budget, retention, persistence.

John: We always end by asking, what’s next? So what’s next for you, Tom?

Tom: My focus is always on quality in higher education. So I’ve got two new books coming out after UDL at Scale, which is coming out in August of 2026. Sometime in 2027 I have Evaluating Teaching in the Digital Era with Annie Taylor and Jean Mandernach. Then in 2028, it’ll be Peer Observation Made Practical with Lauren Barbeau and Claudia Cornejo Happel. And sometime in 2026 or ‘27, I worked with Chris Hromalik at the SUNY System, and we have an article coming out on Universal Design for Learning in Project Management. Plus, I am now a full time professional advisor, so I’m enjoying working with colleges and universities on really complex problems. Listeners, if you go to my website, it’s just ThomasJTobin.com, there’s a free UDL book there on further education and training, John mentioned it in our opener, and you can download that. And if you’ve got a wicked problem that you’re trying to figure out that has to do with the quality of our teaching or access to education, I’d love to hear from you. So thank you again for having me on the program. I love Tea for Teaching. I’m a regular listener. I’ve got my Tea for Teaching mug, and I’ll look forward to where this all goes down the line.

Rebecca: Well, thanks so much, Tom, we always enjoy talking to you and brainstorming how to make some good institutional change.

John: Yes, It’s great talking to you again, and I’m looking forward to seeing you at one of the next conferences coming up.

Tom: Yep, and listeners, if we cross paths in three dimensions, just look for the tall man with white hair, glasses and a giant black mustache and say hello, I’ll be glad to talk with you. Thanks everybody.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

435. Insights From The Field

This podcast is a recording of a panel session featuring three online learning leaders, that was presented at the SUNY Online Learning Summit on Wednesday, February 25, 2026. The panelists are Yakut Gazi, Marina Amini, and Van Davis. Yakut is the Vice Provost for Learning Innovation and Digital Education at Duke University. Marina is the Executive Director of the California Virtual Campus, and Van is the Executive Director of WCET and the Vice President of Digital Learning at WICHE.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: Today’s Tea for Teaching podcast is a recording of a panel session, featuring three online learning leaders, that was presented at the SUNY Online Learning Summit on Wednesday, February 25, 2026.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Welcome to: “Insights from the Field,” a special Tea for Teaching podcast on policy, data, and inclusive collaboration. I’m John Kane, an economist and the director of the Center for Excellence in Learning and Teaching at the State University of New York at Oswego.

Rebecca: I’m Rebecca Mushtare, a designer and the Deputy Dean of Graduate Studies at SUNY Oswego. We’re the hosts of the Tea for Teaching podcast and the moderators for this session. Our guests today are Yakut Gazi, Marina Amini, and Van Davis. Yakut is the Vice Provost for Learning Innovation and Digital Education at Duke University. Marina is the Executive Director of the California Virtual Campus, and Van is the Executive Director of WCET and the Vice President of Digital Learning at WICHE. Welcome Yakut, Marina, and Van.

John: Today’s teas are: …and we’ll start with Yakut.

Yakut: So I’m Turkish originally, and Turkish tea is the big thing. We always have Turkish tea brewing in our houses. So that’s my tea.

John: Very good. And Marina?

Marina: And I’m from Afghanistan originally, so I’m drinking green tea with cardamom.

John: Excellent. And Van?

Van: Well, I’ve already switched over to water today, but my favorite tea is lapsang souchong. I love a nice smoked tea.

John: I do too. I have to keep it separate from my others so they don’t all become smoked flavored tea, but it’s a very nice flavor. And Rebecca?

Rebecca: I have a Pekoe tea, Edinburgh’s Gin Tea and Roses today.

John: And in honor of this recording time in January in upstate New York, I am drinking a spring cherry green tea, [LAUGHTER]…looking forward to somewhat warmer and less snowy weather. So we’ve invited you here today to discuss the future of online education. We’ve seen rapid proliferation and evolution in generative AI platforms since they were publicly introduced just a little over three years ago, leading to concerns about the integrity of online assessments, especially recently given the development and use of AI agents. How should online learning leaders address the risks that this poses to the perceived value of online courses and degrees?

Rebecca: Yakut?

Yakut: It is true that advances in AI created risk for the way traditional education is delivered, and also assessed. The concern about AI undermining validity isn’t unique to online education, though, it affects all of higher education. If you remember, COVID has created a pedagogical emergency. Generative AI created a new one, but I’m not sure if you’re treating it the way it needs to be treated like we treated in the COVID period as an emergency. Online learners, I think, may be actually better positioned to respond, because we have already been engaging in academic innovation and advocating for active learning and authentic assessment for many years. So this may be an opportunity to implement better approaches in a full-scale manner, where the focus becomes the process of learning rather than the product of learning, because that now can be created through the use of AI, and it’s actually being done in all of our classrooms, whether or not we like it. So we, as the learning leaders, need to push the conversation from preventing AI use to designing learning experiences where the use of AI is transparent, ethical, and skill building. So this means creating policies that allow for AI use, like when and how, rather than ban AI use, and also focusing on authentic assessments, project-based work, reflective practice, collaboration, things that AI can support but cannot replace. But I think the challenge is not necessarily modality, like online as a modality is a challenge. We know how to do these things. The challenge is doing these pedagogically sound things at scale. In my mind, this is a moment that poses a risk for online education at scale, more than online education broadly. But then for us to implement this approach where focus is not on the outcomes but the process, we have to work with employers, we have to be able to articulate our competencies to employers that AI is not a threat to credibility, it’s the part of our formula in higher education and how we how we train people. For example, imagine every course in our institutions have an opportunity for hands-on authentic learning, where at the end there is a skill that’s visible to future employers. There are 8.2 million learners in higher education who wants an internship, but only 3.6 million of those get one. There’s a huge gap already, so hands-on internship opportunities during our course of higher education should not be for those who want it, or it should not be postponed to last year of education. It should be an integrated part of the equation. These are, to me, pedagogically possible, but the challenge is to be able to figure out the logistics and systems to do this at scale.

Marina: So we are talking a little bit about the word academic integrity. You know that really resonated from your description, John, and I’m from the California Virtual Campus, which represents the California Community Colleges. We’re 116 colleges serving about 2.2 million students, and this is an issue that we’ve been grappling with around academic integrity, especially with agentic AI. And just to kind of put it in perspective of what do we mean by agentic AI? Because I think it could have a couple of different definitions. When I’m talking about agentic AI, I’m talking about these autonomous agents that can go and log on into an LMS, a learning management system on behalf of a student, scan for assessments or assignments or discussion posts to complete them and submit them on behalf of the student within seconds. And we already have analytics in our learning management system that indicate that a student can go in, and has gone in, because we have the data and completed a 50-item quiz, short answer quiz, not multiple choice, and submitted it within about four seconds, so we know that the student is not searching for these as prompts on like ChatGPT, because that would actually involve some interactivity with the student. They’re actually having an agent go in and submit it on behalf of themselves. That’s a very big concern that we take very, very seriously. Obviously, the consequence is that our degrees and our programs and our transcripts will lose its value and that they will become meaningless. And so I think it’s similar in the case of being like other crises, like COVID 19, for example, but it’s also uniquely alarming in kind of the destruction that it can have on the value of our grades and our courses and our programs. And the question of, “How do we address the concern?” I think we do handle it in the way that we handle these other risks. We have to be deeply engaging with our faculty. We have to pull together our technology partners. And I think a mistake or a pitfall of this can be if technology says, “Well, the solution lies only in faculty changing the way they assess, adopting project-based learning or authentic assessments.” And if faculty turn around and say, “Well, the problem can only be solved technically if we create some kind of barrier or blocker for these agentic browsers.” And I think those are both equally flawed in terms of its approach, because we’re expecting the answer or the solution to be around the silver bullet, when in actuality, I think the solution lies in a deep partnership where we sit down with each other, with our partners, we look at both programmatic and technical solutions to making sure that the academic integrity of our institutions remains intact.

Rebecca: AI enables more efficient adaptive learning and provides increasingly personalized pathways in support of student success. How do we strike a balance between personalized learning and the formation of human connections essential to creating a sense of belonging? You want to start, Van?

Van: Sure. So this year marks my 30th anniversary of being in higher education, and I started my career as a faculty member, I spent a decade in the classroom as a history professor. And one of the things that I learned very quickly during that time is whether I wanted to or not, you end up teaching to the middle. You run the risk of losing the students that are ahead. You run the risk of losing the students that, for whatever reason, are behind. As much as I wanted to personalize learning, I couldn’t do that, at least not at scale. I think that AI does give us the opportunity eventually to be able to personalize at scale. That does not mean that the human piece loses out. In fact, that human piece, I think, becomes even more critical. We know that relationships matter. We know that, beyond a shadow of a doubt, a student can succeed when they have a relationship with somebody on that campus, ideally, their professor. I’m a big fan of Parker Palmer’s work, and specifically, I’m a really big fan of To Know As We Are Known. And if you’re familiar with it, Palmer talks about relational epistemology, which is really just a fancy way of saying that, at the end of the day, what matters is a faculty member’s ability to create a relation with a student, and for students to create relations with each other, and that is the moment at which learning takes place, not the transmission of knowledge, but real learning takes place in the midst of those relationships, and a skilled faculty member turns the classroom into an opportunity to develop relationships and for people to co-create knowledge together. I don’t think AI changes our ability to do that. I don’t think it takes away our ability to do that. I think what AI may be able to do is to take some of the burden off of faculty when it comes to trying to personalize learning, so that faculty can focus on what a human does best and what faculty do best. And that’s the creation of relationships, and that’s where I think the true learning takes place. And I have to say, when I was a faculty member, that was the piece that excited me the most, and probably the piece that, unfortunately, I got to do the least.

Yakut: If I can jump in here, plus one to everything Van said, I mean, so insightful, and I’m not going to repeat because that’s exactly where I was going. But one thing that, when I was listening to you Van, I was reminded of the statistics. Khan Academy’s, Khanmigo, last year, they published their self-efficacy study results within the school districts that they worked with. If you’re familiar, Khanmigo is basically personalized learning using AI. Within the school districts that they worked with, where the tool was available to all teachers and all students at no cost, only 9% of students, 0, it’s not 19%, it’s not 90%. 9% of students used the tool to the level that Kahn Academy deemed standard use, which is two hours a week. So where I’m going with this is provision of the technology, provision of the platform or the tool, does not necessarily lead to the opportunity to learn. So we think these technologies are going to make these available for everybody, which they will, but then there is still a missing piece that makes the student use the technology to learn, and that’s, I think, the inspiration to learn, and that’s the human thing. So as Van mentioned, it takes a faculty member or a parent or an uncle somewhere to inspire people to do something. So if we relieve people of the busy work that takes place to prepare for teaching, or actual teaching in the classroom, we may give them time to actually do this human element of inspiring to learn. And I think the two are hand in hand.

Rebecca: So Marina was kind of hinting at some of the data that’s available in our LMSs. And one thing that online learning leaders increasingly rely on is this use of data analytics, based on institutional and LMS data, which provides more information on student learning practice. AI tools allow for more efficient analysis of this data. So how can this data be leveraged to improve the online learning ecosystem? This could be faculty workload, course offerings, student engagement, and anything else that you can imagine.

Yakut: There are a few things I can mention. First, predictive analytics for early intervention, identifying student interest much earlier, not just those who are failing, but those disengaging. And there was an example about this earlier, struggling with specific concepts and provide targeted support before they fall behind. We have been pursuing these kinds of systems for a long time. I have 32 years in this profession now, and probably half of it was all about predictive analytics. The challenge has been the siloed nature of our data systems at our institutions that create only a partial picture of student success, unless you invest in data lakes, integrated data solutions and whatnot. And then there’s also the governance issue around data. AI can create a leapfrogging effect here. An ability to do this predictive work can also reduce faculty workload. This way, the human is in the loop and is the one doing the empathetic work and empathetic outreach, asking, rather than finding out who needs this kind of outreach, doing the work of outreach, saying, “Are you okay?” Apparently it’s one of the most powerful things you can reach out to students about, are you okay? The heavy lifting is done elsewhere, and then we become more human. Another example could be curriculum optimization. By analyzing patterns across courses, we can identify where students consistently struggle, what courses are synergetic to take together, for example, what courses are toxic to take together and then provide information to both faculty and students around those. Where are the gaps that exist in our program pathways? So if there are skills that are needed, and then that analysis of curriculum and skills matching can be done by AI, and then this can impact our course redesign and sequencing decisions. And also our institutions can allocate resources a little bit more effectively. Analytics can help us understand the actual demand patterns, optimal cohort sizes. We usually say, “Oh, 30 students,” but then we don’t really base it on I mean, it’s a habit that’s telling us about the cohort size to be. It may be classroom size. We can actually do deeper analyses, especially when we’re facing enrollment pressures and financial pressures. But I have to also emphasize two things here. One, this data should inform our decisions, so it’s data-informed decisions, not even data driven, because sometimes we may have to make decisions that go against data, it can be political, it can be governance reasons. We need governance structures that will take this data and generate insights from it, and then transparent communications with students about how their data is used. And this is crucially important. We need to democratize this data and allow students to have access to it, along with institutional access or faculty access. So transparency, ethical use, shared governance around analytics are very important as we become more excited about AI’s potentials in this analytics stage.

Marina: I love all of those things around predictive analytics, early intervention, and then optimization as well. So I’ll just try to add to that conversation a little bit. I’m really interested in how we’re serving our students in online modalities, and who it is that’s succeeding in those courses, because I think we know that traditional education has served a certain group and demographic and gender over time, and only in recent years are we sort of aware of some of the biases in the design of our curriculum and our courses that serve certain people, and how can we analyze our data more efficiently to address what exactly is it that we’re doing that’s helping some students fail and helping some students succeed? And I’m saying that intentionally, because I think we are agents of that success and failure in many ways, as our institutions are structured, and so I’m very interested in sort of decolonizing online education through the use of data analytics and institutional research is notoriously slow. You have to wait a year to get your IR office to work on some data set. It’s a lot of intensive, hard work, and then a year later, you get this sort of lagging indicator of, like, well, like two years ago, this was the thing, and it’s not even relevant now, or things have changed. So I’m excited that AI and data visualization and optimization can allow us to have this in a more timely manner, like just-in-time data. It can help faculty to realize how their own strategies are impacting certain students, well or not well, and then make those changes immediately. If I have an AI coach in my class and it’s telling me that they have identified, I have six African American students, but one of my strategies is unintentionally impacting them in a negative manner, I want to know that now. I want to know what it is that I’m doing in a private message from my AI assistant, [LAUGHTER] and I want to rectify that and immediately change. So that’s the kind of agility that we currently lack in education and in research that I’m very, very excited about: bringing in AI to help with that sort of private, supportive coaching done in the privacy of my own course from a desire to want to improve and serve all of my students.

John: Now, you’ve talked a little bit about some of the benefits, or some of the cost first, and now some of the potential benefits that we have from using AI. How do you see online learning changing in response to AI? And we’ll start with Marina.

Marina: Yeah, so I just want to say it’s really hard to follow up with all the positive, I think benefits that AI can bring that Van and Yakut have brought up, and I 100% agree with those. So I don’t always want to be the downer [LAUGHTER] in this podcast, but if I had a crystal ball and kind of playing on the previous question that you asked, John, around academic integrity, assuming that that is a problem that we’re not going to be able to immediately solve, either programmatically or technically, one of the concerns that I have is that it will affect a specific kind of online learning, which would be fully asynchronous online courses. The ones where they don’t have any set live meetings, I think people will be most critical of those kind of modalities. And so if I have a crystal ball to look at, I suspect that we’ll be bringing back more hybrid forms of online education to replace more asynchronous forms, because of the concern around academic integrity. That’s my crystal ball. What does that mean? Well, it could mean that hybrid, maybe half the courses meetings will be in person, half online, or it could be that there’ll be more proctored assessment, either online proctoring solutions with some of the main vendors that you may have heard of, or in person. So we would need some kind of proctoring network, or some way to address that concern. So I think as a stop gap measure until we kind of come to terms with the academic integrity piece, I see some of that changing. That being said, I do want to sort of add to the good elements that you know Van and Yakut are bringing up, because I think AI can help humans be more human in some ways. I have not been in the classroom for a number of years, but I did teach online for a long time, and I would love to go into my learning management system, and my AI assistant pops up and says, “Hey, Johnny has not interacted with you or any other students for eight days. You might want to check on him to make sure he’s engaged.” Or my assistant tells me, “Hey, you interacted with these 10 students in the discussions this week. You might want to answer posts from these 10 on the public posts” and things like that that help me to be more human, that help me to be more equitable in terms of how I interface and touch my students online, I think that could be a really amazing use of AI, and I don’t think we’ve really realized the true potential of that.

Van: And if I could jump in, I agree with everything that Marina said. My fear, though, is exactly what her crystal ball says, and that is that asynchronous, online education may become more difficult, or will face additional scrutiny, because we already know that we’re highly scrutinized, but we also know that online, asynchronous education plays a critical role in access for a certain student population, and I would hate to see those students, particularly adult learners, or learners who are working or have caregiving responsibilities, lose those opportunities. I think that the main thing that AI is going to do for online education is, I do think it’s going to force us to rethink our pedagogical practices. And I think that we are probably going to need to think about, how do we do alternative forms of assessment, and how do we move from assessing knowledge to assessing abilities and skills. I said that I started my career as a historian. When I took my PhD history exams back in the 1990s so back in the last century. When I took those exams, I sat in my office with my laptop and had no ability to consult any sort of document. It was purely from memory. It was eight hours of answering questions from memory. The reality is, though, that whenever I got into a classroom to teach, I never created a lecture, I never created an assignment, I never created a test without pulling a textbook down or pulling some sort of reference manual down and looking at it. What I did in terms of my teaching was completely disconnected with the way that my graduate program, which came from an R1 institution, assessed me. And so I do think that one of the things I hope AI is going to push us to do is to really rethink our assessment practices so that they are more in line with the reality of our students after they leave our classrooms. And that’s not unique to online education. I think that that type of shift in pedagogical practices really needs to happen across the board if we want our students to truly be prepared for the world that they’re going into after they leave us.

Yakut: Can I quickly add two things that we’re seeing actually happening in terms of change in online, and that’s in the design process. Those of you who are designing online courses will know that one of the first friction points is when we ask faculty to write learning objectives, because they’re not used to thinking about the end in mind, right? They’re used to thinking about, “This is the content I’m going to teach.” So that friction is reduced by use of AI, because you’re easily creating a set of objectives, reiterating from that. And then the other aspect is video production process. You can now ask a faculty member to say something for three minutes, and then you can make that faculty member say anything in any language. Now it may look fake, but it’s going to get better, right? So the video production process and instructional design process are immediately impacted by the use of AI, and it’s going to impact those professions, so we need to do something about it, but I think it’s making our institutions a little bit more agile in terms of updating courses, but also creating new courses based on the input from the market. I also see in larger, better adoption of open source content, because open OERs are problematic because faculty do not have the time to go and research, curate, adopt OERs. AI is proving useful in that process too, going and researching and bringing you things to review and curate. So I think there are immediate gains there as well.

John: Moving to a somewhat different topic, federal regulations and political shifts, of which we’ve seen an awful lot in the last year or so, can create uncertainty. And we’ve seen a flurry of executive orders designed to dismantle long established higher ed priorities concerning equitable and inclusive education, while also restricting financial support. What advice do you have for leaders trying to stay agile and innovative in this evolving and somewhat seemingly random political environment while maintaining compliance with federal regulations in areas such as accessibility and SARA and any other area that may pop up?

Van: Well, if you don’t mind, I’ll start. Given what we do at WCET, if you’re familiar with WCET, we really function at the intersection of policy and practice of digital learning, and we spend a lot of time monitoring what’s going on, particularly in Washington D.C., at the federal level, at the Department of Education, and increasingly in the executive Oval Office, and translating that to the field, in terms of what that means. It’s not lost on me that before I joined the webinar this afternoon, I was watching several of my colleagues respond in real time to the negotiated rule making that’s taking place in Washington DC right now around things like accountability measures, new accountability measures around student loan limits. So it really is a dynamic environment that we’re in. I think that there are ways that AI can help us navigate this, actually. So, one of the things that I played around with, I spoke to a group of SARA administrators, that’s the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement. I spoke to a group of SARA administrators this summer at their annual meeting, specifically about AI. And one of the things that I played around with was taking the SARA policy manual, pointing Perplexity to that manual, and then asking it specifically to create a synthesis of the regulations in that manual, and then asking it to go out and pull out the contact information for each state SPE that’s the State portal entity, that’s the primary SARA person in each state, and to provide me with a table of who those individuals were and what their contact information was. This is something that it would take somebody hours, if not days, to do, I got this back in two minutes. So I do think that there are ways that AI can be used to help us navigate the policy landscape more quickly than what we have been able to do in the past, and to democratize that so that everyone has the ability now to understand these regulations, rather than just a few people at each campus. We are going to have to remain vigilant. We are going to have to make sure that we follow what is happening, particularly in Washington D.C. I will tell you that this Department of Education is very bullish on AI. They are particularly interested in finding ways that it can be used in the educational process. Having said that, they have done very little, though, in providing regulatory guidance. So, my advice is to monitor, to lean on organizations like WCET that are monitoring this for you, to not be afraid to experiment with it. And then I would say this, regardless of the technology: start small and fail, and learn from your failures, and don’t be afraid to fail. And I think that that last piece is really critical, it’s critical with any technology, but I think it’s especially critical with AI, because the only way we’re going to be able to figure out how to best leverage this is if we experiment with it, and if we experiment with it, we have to accept the fact that we’re going to fail sometimes, and we can learn from those failures. That’s scary in higher education, we’re taught not to fail in higher education, and I think that we’re going to have to shift our mindset so that we really are embracing a growth mindset, to borrow Carol Dweck’s framework, if we’re going to be able to remain agile, but also be very innovative, and leverage AI to the ability that we are able to.

Yakut: So Van has been doing this for such a long time, I don’t know if I can add anything except for a plus one to everything that he said. Maybe one thing that I can add is agility does not mean reacting to every political signal. Staying grounded in institutional values and your personal values, and then building flexible implementation strategies. So our commitment to accessible, inclusive, high quality education, and student success doesn’t change how we articulate and implement that work may shift because of what’s happening around us, and the importance of being connected to networks like WCET, UPCEA and learning from these state compacts and peer networks is extremely invaluable. There may be institutions out there without enough resources to allow their people to be connected to those networks. So maybe this is the time to urge these professional networks to be a little bit more lenient and allow, for example, I’m just making this up, I just thought of this while I was listening to Van, what would it be like if professional organizations allowed 5% of an institution’s size to be peers like gift memberships? So the institution X, a regional university, may not have the resources to become a member, but it is so important for all of us to be successful at this point in time. Maybe, you know, my institution can gift a 5% of our size to that institution, so like sister institution kind of thing. And very important to document your decision-making processes at your institution, how you’re interpreting regulations, documented, so that you have both accessibility to that information but also accountability. It protects your institution. It demonstrates good faith effort and legal counsel and government relations are your friends in this uncertain political environment, and proactive communication with them is very important.

Rebecca: In states with multiple public colleges such as the SUNY system, each campus is, to some extent, competing with other campuses in offering online degrees. What mix of cooperation and competition is optimal in such environments?

Marina: I can talk a little bit about the California Virtual Campus because the California Community Colleges are very similar to SUNY in terms of just being a big ship to steer. A lot of you know, local decisions, some centralization, and people are always, I think, generally speaking, a little bit threatened by the centralized stuff. When the California Virtual Campus first rolled out, gosh, 10 plus years ago, and we talked about course sharing, there was immediately sort of concerns around, “Are we going to be cannibalizing our enrollment?” We love the word cannibalizing, I don’t know why in education [LAUGHTER], but immediately it’s like, “oh my god, we’re going to lose enrollment. This is going to be terrible for us. The Big Brother is going to take over our curriculum and tell us what to do.” There’s all of these anxieties that come out from administrators, from faculty, from different leaders, and so I think to put that in a different perspective, has been really hard, because you’re fighting against that cultural anxiety that we have around being an independent institution. So when do you hear and when are you independent? What I’ve tried to do with the CBC and our system is to have some very honest conversations around “what exactly is your concern? Is that concern an institution centered concern, or an enrollment concern, or a funding concern, and how does that then relate to your learners?” Really shifting the conversation from, “we’re worried about how we do things to what’s the best-case scenario for our students? Do they have the options that they need? Do they have the access that we need? Are we really leveraging our collective power in a way that benefits the learners in the most compelling and powerful way?” That’s sort of the question that I’ve had to ask, and it took about 10 years [LAUGHTER] for California Community Colleges to get on board with course sharing, and now it’s a big success. We share professional development, we’re sharing financial aid, we’re sharing transcripts, things that people have held on to so closely, of like, “No, this is our school. This is our university.” And I think this idea is very outdated now, thankfully. And the future really is less institutions, especially smaller institutions, rural, under-resourced institutions trying to be everything for their students, trying to give them every class that they need for every program, and meeting every need. That’s exhausting, and what we’re finding is courses are being discontinued, faculty are, in some cases, unfortunately, losing their work, especially part-time faculty and adjunct faculty, programs are being discontinued, and in some cases, entire institutions are being shut down and absorbed by other institutions, or just not being absorbed at all. And so to avoid this, I think, unfortunate, outdated approach, we have to pull together, we have to pool our resources, and we have to put aside our institutional egos and really realize that there’s a lot of strength in our collective power and when we come together. I can give some examples later but one thing that we’re doing in the California Community Colleges, which is really exciting, is several of our rural colleges, which, again are tiny, they don’t have a lot of staff, they don’t have a lot of programs or money. They’re pulling together to create fully online associate degrees. So by themselves, they would never be able to meet all the requirements to offer those degrees online, but collectively they are, so it’s benefiting their programs, they’re able to grow their enrollment, and it’s benefiting a large swath of their students as well. So that’s the kind of thing that I think doesn’t have to be competitive, but they can actually be mutually beneficial for students and institutions.

Van: So you know, the “C” in WCET stands for cooperative. We’re the WICHE Cooperative for Educational Technology. So we take this idea of collaboration and cooperation really seriously. And I think just plus one to everything that Marina said, it’s always hard to follow Marina whenever I’m on a panel. I think that course sharing was a great example. It’s also oftentimes a really scary example for faculty, especially. What I wish that I would hear more about is the way in which institutions begin to share administrative burden. And I think that maybe, if there’s a thin end of the wedge that can maybe help an institution eventually get to that course sharing, It’s to have that conversation about, “Are there administrative functions that can be done better collectively than individually? And what are those?” And maybe the easiest thing to do to start with is an arrangement where you are jointly purchasing services. We know that folks are able to get better deals whenever they go in with multiple institutions than whenever they go in with individual institutions. At an earlier point in my career, I was in charge of online education in the state of Texas, and the legislature asked me to determine what each institution in the state of Texas was paying for its learning management system, and I learned very quickly that A) I didn’t have access to that information because there were non-disclosure agreements, and B) there were non-disclosure agreements because what institutions were paying for the same learning management system were vastly different. And so I do think that one of the things that institutions can immediately do, that isn’t scary, is to create those purchasing co-ops and to look at what administrative functions can you share. And then, by all means, move as fast as you can towards course sharing, because I think that Marina is absolutely right when we think about what is in the best interest of our learners, course sharing is oftentimes in the best interest of our learners. It gives them access to a larger number of classes, it gives them access to a larger number of opportunities to progress in their academic career and move towards that credential that they’re seeking, and it allows institutions to specialize. As a recovering historian, as much as I would love to see every institution offer a history major, the reality is every institution probably doesn’t need to offer an online history major. So think about what is it that your institution can do that is unique to you, that you can double down on and do well, and then begin to share that with other people and with other institutions. And I think that will help us greatly in terms of being able to really move towards what our learners need, rather than just what’s going to be in benefit of us. And the last thing I would say is not only think about, are there programs you can specialize in, but think about, are there student populations that you can specialize in? You know, maybe you have an institution that is particularly good working with English language learners. Not every institution is going to have that level of expertise. And so maybe think as well about, in addition to the programs that you may have some specialization in, are there learner populations that you know that you are doing a good job of meeting their needs, and you can help other institutions do that as well.

John: Institutions vary quite a bit in terms of their size, their funding, how well established online programs are. What strategies can leaders at small or resource-constrained colleges use to develop sustainable online learning practices despite often limited staffing and infrastructure, or in environments where faculty are experiencing burnout or there’s some form of organizational resistance to change?

Yakut: Well let me jump in, and I think there are quite a few parallels between this question and the previous question that was asked. 15 years ago, I was at a regional university in Texas, and in fact, I know Van from those days. In a matter of three years, this was a new institution, we rolled out 13 online programs. It was amazing. There were not a lot of resources, brand new university, faculty resources are scarce. I was a team of one. So fast forward to today. This would not be possible. One, the market is so saturated with degrees, you don’t have the competitive advantage anymore. And two, the resources are even reduced compared to 15 years ago. So in places where resource-constrained or smaller institutions, sustainability of effort comes from focus. So, not trying to do everything like, “Oh, let’s just roll out an online program for every single program that we offer,” but intently looking at the market need and connection to jobs, starting with that community where the institution exists, but a little broader too. So those small number of programs that clearly advance this mission and student access, then invest deeply in quality faculty support, instructional design, quality is by itself, a whole entire conversation, I think. And then faculty burnout. It’s real. And many times when faculty resist online, we take it personally. We don’t like it. But then it’s just exhaustion rather than real opposition. Transparent communication, realistic timelines, recognizing that this is instructional labor, this is on top of everything else that we’re asking from you, and then supporting that instructional labor in a respectful way goes a long way in helping faculty burnout. Sometimes, the most strategic move is to slow down and build that trust and capacity within the institution, because let’s face it, in institutions like that, you’re going to rely heavily on faculty time and faculty effort to design and develop those courses, compared to larger institutions where there are large teams of instructional designers or video producers that are going to do the heavy lifting for your faculty. Again, tying to the previous conversation, shared tech services, vendor collaborations, a lot of these institutions can punch above their weight and without overextending people, so that those kinds of strategies should be part of it. And finally, I want to tie this conversation to the AI conversation. Many universities have responded by signing big enterprise deals with AI companies. And they paid a lot of money for this, and they wanted to achieve equitable access for their own communities, they wanted all their students to have access, all their faculty to have access. But this results in us treating AI as a competitive advantage, where we should start seeing it as a collective challenge. So we should be forming system-wide and cross-institutional partnerships when it comes to AI deals as well. These partnerships can be between universities, between universities and community colleges, sister campuses like sister cities, so that we raise all boats and ensure equitable access for everybody. There is room for all of us to be successful, and our actions should complement that belief. And we need to bring faculty into these decisions, because the moment you announce a deal, AI deal, that will allow everybody to have access to AI, it may be interpreted as a blanket permission for unrestricted AI use in every course, which is not the case at many of our institutions. So faculty’s presence at these tables is very important.

Marina: Yeah, I just want to say amen to Yakut’s point about faculty burnout and kind of respecting the time and the expertise that they bring to the table. Our faculty also have, at many of our institutions, expressed burnout, and so anything we do is really thought around that concern. In terms of AI, if we want to foster leadership amongst the ranks of our faculty, we actually created an AI fellowship, and we selected a couple dozen AI fellows from the system to lead some really important work. And they’re being compensated with reassigned time or stipends in some cases, to do that work, in addition to some staff members, classified staff members as well, because they often, you know, occupy the gray space that we forget about, that support faculty and instruction too. So that’s very important. I think about a parallel to online learning, and actually it’s an important parallel with open educational resources. In my previous role as a dean at one of the community colleges in our state, we wanted to grow open OER, but it was the same thing. Faculty were like, “In order to change my textbook to an OER, it’s gonna take so much work and effort, and I have to change all my tests and all my prompts and all of this.” So we started giving very small stipends. I think at the time, it was like $500 for faculty to adopt OER. And I did an analysis of this over time… I wish I had AI to do that, but I had to do this [LAUGHTER] myself… but essentially, we saved students something like five million dollars within the first couple of years that it was being adopted, and we spent, I think like 200k during that same period of time. So doing the data on the return on investment for supporting faculty, it’s going to be tremendous to kind of ensure that they’re not burnt out, that they have time, and they have the space mentally to do the work that we need them to do. So that would be one key thing. And I think OER, what we’re finding, and what we found in our institution is as well, that there are higher outcomes in terms of success rates and grades in online courses when an OER is used in that course than in the same course with a physical textbook that students had to purchase. So those are kind of connected. And then just to kind of go back to course sharing, I can always count on Van to be my greatest ally with course sharing, but we have colleges that were very reluctant to get involved in course sharing, as I mentioned. When I joined the CVC four years ago, we had something like 2,000 enrollments on course sharing and 2,000 enrollments for a system of our size is not that great. We’d joke that most of it’s our staff trying to see if it works. This year we’re going to have more than 50,000 enrollments. So within four years we went from 2,000 to 50,000. I think we’re going to double and triple that in years to come, because we finally gain momentum and trust and involvement and engagement. Of those 50,000, you look at the numbers, some rural colleges are making out like bandits. They’ve gained 1000s of enrollments through course sharing, by putting their courses on our course sharing platform, and benefiting from it tremendously, and gaining enrollments that they would never be able to get from their local zip code because of their rural environment and so forth. So, it’s a win-win proposition, it doesn’t add any extra work. We let them fill their classes locally with their local registrants, meaning they’re returning students, their athletes, their disabled students, and so forth. And then any courses that are not filled, we pull them into our platform, and they’re open for anybody in the state to take. It’s a very simple formula that, again, has really netted 1000s of enrollments for these small rural colleges, brought in funding, brought in additional resources for their burnt out faculty and their staff and their infrastructure. So I think my suggestion for strategy is find those formulas that are win-win propositions. It doesn’t need to be something where one person loses, another person wins in order to get the involvement, there are ways for everybody to win, and that’s, I think, an exciting opportunity for us.

Rebecca: We always end by asking: what’s next? Start with Van?

Van: Sure. So ironically, I just finished writing a blog post for WC Frontiers on this, this morning. I don’t have a crystal ball. I do have a magic eight ball, though, if you remember those. My predecessor gifted me one to help me navigate the challenging federal policy environment. So I have my trusty magic eight ball. I think there’s six things to look for in 2026. I think the first thing is we need to remember that the connection to workforce education is everyone’s responsibility. It’s not just a few faculty members’ responsibility. This is particularly important with the move to Workforce Pell, but it’s important as we see a workforce increasingly asking for graduates that are AI literate. And I think that AI literacies is everyone’s responsibility. Two is AI literacies. I think that we need to desperately change the narrative from just focusing on academic integrity to beginning to focus on AI literacies and you’ll notice that I use the plural there, because I don’t think it’s black and white. I don’t think it’s you know or not know. I think that it’s a spectrum of issues that faculty and students and staff need to have mastery of. Three, and this really ties to what Marina was just talking about, we need to get creative economically. Like I said, I’m a historian by training. That means that I tend to run towards the pessimistic side, because I know just how bad things can get sometimes, and I am afraid that we’re looking at a very challenging economic environment on the federal level, and that’s going to trickle down to the state level, especially for our public institutions. So I do think that we’re going to have to get creative economically. We’re going to have to do things like think about course sharing, like thinking about purchasing consortiums, changing our business model in higher education and in digital learning. I think that that means that one way that we can do that is to lean into those post-traditional learners. There are 43.1 million Americans who started college and did not get a credential. That is a travesty. We should not have 43.1 million people that stopped out. That tells me that, first of all, we’re not doing right by those folks, but it also means that there are 43.1 million people that we can get back into higher education if we try, and we won’t get all of them back. But we need to think about how do we offer programs that attract those adult learners and keep them. What did we do wrong the first time around to make them stop out? It’s not all an institution’s fault. Adult learners have a number of challenges that they’re juggling, but are there ways that we can attract them back into our classes, and that we can make sure that we provide them with the supports that they need in order to stay and be successful? I don’t think we can lose sight on accessibility in 2026. It is not just the right thing to do ethically, it’s going to be the right thing to do legally, with the Title II regulations that go into effect at the end of April. And the upshot of those five things is that digital learning is going to be more important than it has ever been before. And that means that your job as digital learning leaders, your role on your campus, your role in the SUNY system, is going to be more critical than it has ever been before. And so I think that that’s what we have to look forward to and the upshot of it is that, at the end of the day, what you do as a digital learning leader matters and is going to be more important than it has ever been before, more important than it even probably was during the COVID-19 pandemic. So that’s what the magic eight ball over in my WCET office says.

Yakut: Now, how do I follow this? I mean, you covered everything, Van. I was actually going to start with the same sentiment, online education sits at the center of all the challenges higher education is facing, and the work ahead of us is to leverage its pedagogical power, its ability to expand access to affordability, and its ability to amplify our institutions’ impact. You covered a lot of things. There is one thing that I would like to just append to what you said. I want to point out that we in higher education often forget that we are not just educators. We’re also employers. In many cases, we are one of the largest employers in our communities. And many campuses, many of our institutions still lack a coherent AI upskilling plan for our own workforce. We have tons of projects facing transfer efficiency across our institutions, productivity, but then we don’t really have, in many cases, a plan to help our own people adapt. A Brookings Report from, now, a year and a half ago, estimated 19 million US jobs that are significantly affected by AI. And many of those roles exist right on our campuses. Many of our employees hold jobs at risk of automation, such as legal analysis, paralegal, administrative assistance, accounting, communications, we just talked about instructional design and production. These job categories are, drumroll, they are populated by women. You know, we identify these areas of risk, but we don’t really come up, at least in higher education, strategies to address those. We must understand that there is a differential impact of AI on our workforce. These jobs that I listed are stable middle class professions. They are pathways for upward mobility for a lot of families. So we have to ask this year and beyond, what happens to our societies when women or any subgroup begin to disappear from the workforce as a result of AI, and what are we doing to stop that from happening? Thank you.

Marina: It’s unfair to go after Yakut and Van, but I just want to really say I appreciate that Yakut points to our own employees and our own communities, and starting at home, I think that’s something that’s an important reminder for me myself. If I could just leave with three additional things to summarize some of our conversations from today, I would say, you know, number one is a reckoning when it comes to AI in higher ed. There is a reckoning for specifically, as I mentioned, asynchronous fully online courses, and how we’re going to manage that, and the long game of changing the way we teach and the way we assess our students and the use of outcomes in our courses. So I think this is going to be the next big thing for us to tackle. The second and this is something Van has spoken to about extensively, is a move toward thoughtfully shared resources. In our system, we pay for the common LMS. We pay for and negotiate common ed tech vendor contract tracks as well, course sharing, as I mentioned. So there’s going to be more and more a move toward this, especially in light of federal funding issues that colleges are experiencing. And the final piece of it that’s actually really near and dear to me, is a revisiting of old norms and ways of doing things. The way we handle our transcripts, for example, is… I’ve spoken about this in other venues… highly inequitable. The way we handle our financial aid, that can be very hit or miss depending on what institution a student goes to. The way students have access to courses, our levels of accessibility, the way we gather analytics and research, which I think AI will dramatically transform. Institutional research is going to greatly change in the next couple of years. I think these are going to be really exciting “what’s next” as well for higher ed.

Rebecca: Well, thank you so much for joining us. We appreciated the conversation and the many things to be thinking about as we trudge down 2026.

John: Yes, thank you.

Yakut: Thank you for having us.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

430. IDEAS for International Collaboration

In an increasingly globalized and networked economy, it is important to help students develop intercultural competence. In this episode, Josh McKeown and Christina Lee join us to discuss how two institutions are working together on a grant-funded collaborative exchange experience involving STEM students and faculty in the U.S., South Korea, and Taiwan.

Josh is the Associate Provost for International Education and Programs and the Director of the Office of International Education and Programs here at SUNY-Oswego. Christina is the Director of Global Education and International Services at Monroe Community College.

Transcript

John: In an increasingly globalized and networked economy, it is important to help students develop intercultural competence. In this episode, we explore how two institutions are working together on a grant-funded collaborative exchange experience involving STEM students and faculty in the U.S., South Korea, and Taiwan.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guests today are Josh McKeown and Christina Lee. Josh is the Associate Provost for International Education and Programs and the Director of the Office of International Education and Programs here at SUNY-Oswego. Christina is the Director of Global Education and International Services at Monroe Community College. Welcome, Christina, and welcome back, Josh.

Josh: Thank you.

Christina: Thank you.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are:… Christina, are you drinking tea with us today?

Christina: Yes, I always have tea. The tea I’m drinking today is a Korean roasted rice green tea.

Rebecca: Oh, that sounds nice.

Josh: That does sound good.

Rebecca: …having good tea choices today, John. [LAUGHTER]

Josh: I’m having gold blend black tea from Rwanda.

Rebecca: Nice.

John: Very nice. More geographic variety than normal.

Rebecca: Yeah. [LAUGHTER]

John: And today I am drinking a ginger peach green tea.

Rebecca: And I have switched to a Scottish breakfast tea.

Josh: That’s your go to. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: It is, although earlier today, I was drinking a Swiss tea, but I drank it all up. [LAUGHTER]

John: We’ve invited you here today to discuss the grant funded international education projects that you have arranged in South Korea and Taiwan. These projects were both funded by the federal IDEAS grant program. Can you tell us a bit about this program?

Josh: Sure, and definitely thank you, John and Rebecca, for having us on the show. We’re really proud of this project. The IDEAS grant program is funded by the United States Department of State, so it’s a federal program, and it’s been in place for nearly a decade, and its main purpose is to broaden and improve access to international education, particularly education abroad, or also called study abroad, for disciplines, students, and parts of the world that have not had as much study abroad activity over the years, and this one, in particular, the Chips and Science Act, it was a special track, actually a higher funding amount, focused particularly on the Chips and Science Act.

Rebecca: Can you tell us a little bit about the nature of the specific projects that you proposed under this grant application?

Josh: Definitely, and I’ll invite my colleague Christina to comment as well on this part, because in order to qualify for this grant, and they’d been around, like I said, for a while, and I’d always seen it, but this was called a consortium grant, so it required a university and a community college to partner together. So I’ll give my perspective, and then Christina can share from the community college perspective. When the grant was announced, I almost couldn’t believe it, because its focus on Chips and Science Act was something I had been thinking about literally for the previous two years. This part of New York State, those of us here in Rochester or in Oswego know this like the back of our hand now, but for other listeners, the investment by micron technology, one of America’s largest semiconductor manufacturers in a industrial site about 20 miles from Oswego is going to literally transform the economy and probably the larger society of Central New York for decades to come. It’s a project of that scale. They’re talking potentially at its peak of, I think, $100 billion of total investment, up to 50,000 new workers, and, of course, all the economic activity. When this was announced two years ago, I had two initial thoughts. The first was, “Wow, this is going to change things.” I live about 10 minutes from that site. But then the second thing I thought was, “Oh, wow, we’re going to be part of the global semiconductor ecosystem.” And in my work, I thought immediately about particularly Taiwan and South Korea, two countries that SUNY Oswego has really well-established university exchange and other partnership agreements with, but we had not worked with those universities about this topic of semiconductor. So that’s what got me interested in this. And shortly after, I met with Christina, who has a long record of international education within SUNY as well, and she agreed to join me in the project.

Christina: I was really excited when Josh reached out to us to partner on this grant. As a community college, our students don’t often have the opportunity to study abroad, and so building something with SUNY Oswego, who has a very robust and long time sustained study abroad program, was really appealing to me, and also helping us think about partnerships. I think SUNY Oswego has good partnerships in Taiwan and Korea that was also appealing to me. And I’m always thinking about ways to bring global education to our students, whether it’s utilizing virtual internships, virtual exchange, virtual online learning, lecture series, and also grant partnerships for our faculty and to assist with student travel. So I thought this was a really great way to partner with another SUNY school and give opportunities to our students. Rarely will they do a semester abroad, but if we could do a short- term faculty led program out of this grant partnership, I thought that would be important for our students, who often have responsibilities here in Rochester, at home and with work, so I was glad we could do that. Here at MCC we have some unique programs. We’re the only community college with an associate’s degree in precision optics, and we also have a very strong Geospatial Information Systems Technology program. And so I have been really interested in how to incorporate some kind of global exchange with STEM fields in our college. I think it’s important in terms of training technicians in the global industry. I would like an opportunity to find a way so that we can also incorporate understanding of global interdependence on the global economy through, ideally, some kind of exchange that will come out of this program. We’re equipped to do it virtually, which is wonderful. A lot of our classrooms are already Zoom capable. So we do collaborative, online, international learning already. We do some virtual internships. We do some Zoom teaching as well, for students who are interested in our programs but aren’t here in person. But I think this is a great opportunity, again, for us to think about other ways to bring the globe to our college, whether it’s something we do online or whether we do something in person.

Josh: I’ll pick up on what Christina was saying about workforce development. The grant parameters did not tell us, or presumably, the other universities that would have applied for it, they didn’t tell us what they wanted us to do, but we had to somehow satisfy the reviewers’ focus on the Chips and Science Act. But this is where Monroe Community College and SUNY Oswego, I think, were really aligned. And that is, and our President talks about this all the time, that we are going to be one of the institutions in Central New York closest to Micron, but also critical to Micron’s success. But currently this region does not have the workers for that fab. And by the way, I’ll just go take a step back and say I am not a computer scientist. I’m not an engineer. The only thing I knew about chips before this project were Doritos and Lays. [LAUGHTER] When I went to departments to talk about it, I would say it that way, but I’ve learned some things about it, and I’ve learned, including from our summer trip to Korea and our upcoming trip to Taiwan, that the precision that goes into the construction of these fabs, the clean rooms, water treatment, they are really just sites to behold in terms of cleanliness and readiness for work, but they’re also highly technical places, and students need the right experiences, the right education, the right exposure, to get jobs working in these fabs, and so Monroe and SUNY Oswego are really aligned on the need to prepare teachers in the region, to prepare students, and to contribute to Micron’s success. From my lane, though, what excites me about this, and this is where I thought it’s a transformative project for the region, but also whoever that individual student is, who eventually studies abroad in South Korea or Taiwan with us, whether from Monroe, from Oswego, from any other institution, that individual, when they go to work at Micron, I know that they are going to interact with co-workers or supervisors or teammates or vendors and suppliers. Someone in that ecosystem of semiconductor will be from Korea and Taiwan, I know it, because those countries have produced major companies like Samsung, like Taiwan semiconductor manufacturing, TSMC, both of which we have visited or will visit. And I always think about that kid from New York, whether upstate, downstate, that person who is going to go work for Micron or one of the ancillary industries involved in the semiconductor ecosystem, they’re going to have that cultural exposure. They’re going to have that experience. They will have worked, maybe as a research intern in Taiwan or Korea. They will have gone with faculty on a faculty-led experience like Christina was describing, they’re going to have that confidence which study abroad can give you, but particularly that cultural exposure in those two places. So when they enter that team meeting and they’re on a Zoom with people from Taiwan or Korea, they’ll be more prepared. And really, that’s what motivates me.

Rebecca: So you’ve talked a bit about why you chose South Korea or Taiwan as partners or locations, and that SUNY Oswego had some prior relationships to lean on there. Can you talk a little bit about what these partnerships actually will look like? What will students be doing in these countries? You’ve hinted at a couple of ideas, Josh.

Josh: For starters, we had to identify faculty who would be good fits for this. SUNY Oswego has a long tradition of education abroad. International education, really back to our founding, to Sheldon himself, but in the last couple of decades, probably anywhere from 15 to 25 SUNY Oswego professors literally bring students with them on international programs abroad, including yourself, Rebecca, you know exactly what I’m talking about. What we set out to do in both institutions was identified faculty who’d be the right fit. Of course, a lot of faculty, whether it’s in art or music or education, participate in international education. But for this, we really focused on two key areas. One was in the STEM fields. So we have faculty in electrical and computer engineering, computer science, and chemistry from Oswego… Christina has her own STEM faculty involved… but also career and technical education, which is going to be a huge aspect to getting the workforce ready for Micron. By the way, that’s what our grant was called, “Getting Ready for Micron.” So we didn’t tell the faculty what type of programs to be involved in, but the proposals that I got in, and it was a competitive process, many faculty applied to go on these trips, but we selected the ones that were really the best fit. They proposed things like, in the career and technical education area, a boot camp exchange, for example. And this comes from our CTE department Professor Ben Ogle, who proposed his work with teachers and trainers in the region. He does what were essentially boot camps to get them prepared to do teaching and training in this field. And what we found, for example, in Korea and will in Taiwan, they have very similar workforce readiness challenges, very similar issues of schooling and preparation, of demography, of having enough young people to take over jobs and careers as the older generation retires. So that’s one example of how this grant is supposed to work. Yes, it’s going to be a great experience for students. They’re going to learn more about the training and education system in Korea or Taiwan, hopefully good for the Korea and Taiwanese counterparts who come here on a type of exchange to learn how we do it, but ultimately it’s serving the regions and the industries as well. So that’s what I see. But there are probably other examples too I could mention.

Christina: The faculty for this program was a faculty in geospatial information technology systems and biology, so they’re both really interested in sustainability in the semiconductor industry, and I really have enjoyed the interdisciplinary teams that we’re bringing between SUNY Oswego and MCC.

Josh: Rebecca, to amplify your question about the partner universities, both in Korea and Taiwan… everybody is super busy, and everyone has so many projects they’re working on… but when we proposed this, and the two universities in Korea, Kyungpook National University, located in Daegu, and the other was Busan National University located in Busan in the south, both are excellent universities, national universities, and we have productive, ongoing exchange student relationships with them. But when we proposed this, bringing a faculty delegation particularly focused on semiconductor, they jumped at it. There was no lack of understanding. They knew exactly what we were trying to do. And in both cases, in Korea, and I suspect we’ll hear the same in Taiwan when we go there, this fits their agendas as well, because, for example, in Korea, just like here, industry works closely with the universities and the public school sector. Ours is called the Chips and Science act. Well, in Korea, they have something called the K-Chips Act. So the idea of using national policy, a little bit of grant funding, and trying to get universities and school systems focused and aligned on a common experience or curriculum that serves this industry, it’s really global. There aren’t that many countries that do this. In the case of South Korea and Taiwan, these are friendly countries, allied countries. They’re places that Americans love to travel to and are free to engage with. And I’ll repeat, this grant was funded by the U.S. Department of State. So there’s obviously a foreign policy goal to this type of project, and I think we all understand, especially in central New York, more and more all the time, that semiconductors really are part of the economy, yes, but also a national security issue. And they view it the same way over there. So we have a lot to learn from each other.

John: From what I’ve seen, the students who are most likely to participate in international education programs are disproportionately from humanities fields, and it’s much less common for students in STEM fields to participate. Is this one of the reasons, perhaps, for focusing on this to bring more STEM students into international education.

Josh: Absolutely, absolutely. In the case of the universities that we’re working with in Korea and Taiwan, again, these relationships were established already, but we had never imagined this type of engagement with them. So again, the disciplines that our faculty represent, electrical and computer engineering, computer science, chemistry from SUNY-Oswego and Christina, I think you have someone from biology coming on the next trip.

Christina: Yeah.

Josh: Hopefully the faculty return from this motivated and active, and are the ones who can really encourage their students, including, to take a full semester exchange if they want to Korea and Taiwan, perhaps knowing that the curriculum are so well aligned, because that’s one of the projects we’re working on to make sure that our engineering curriculum is aligned with the ones in Taiwan, for example, and likewise, their students can come here, and all of that over the course of many years, I hope, will really create a fluid and really mutually advantageous relationship between SUNY-Oswego, Monroe Community College, and the universities that we’re working with in that part of the world.

Christina: One of the things I’m excited for on this trip that we didn’t have in our trip to Korea is that we will have a representative from Micron, from their Virginia office, join us for the entirety of this trip, and we already have a working partnership with him here at MCC, with our workforce development staff and faculty. So I think it’ll be a great opportunity for us, for SUNY Oswego and for us here at MCC to brainstorm with him, to think about ways that we can partner once we’re back in the States, and perhaps think about ways that we can partner at some of these M icron locations globally, just having his knowledge and information on how he builds programs, I think will be great. I’m looking forward to that.

Josh: Yeah, that’s super exciting. So we didn’t tell them this yet. Christina, but when we were in Korea, besides visiting the two universities, one of our partner universities, Kyungpook National, arranged for a day- long visit to an industrial park near the city of Daegu, and we were allowed in for a tour of Samsung semiconductor facility, as well as seeing one of the clean rooms, one of the clean room demos at the university itself. So being allowed into Samsung, I mean, it was one of those places that… remember Christina, we had to check our phones at the door, like very secure place. This industry is really so high tech and proprietary, but they let us in for a great tour. We learned a lot about Samsung and the development of Samsung semiconductor. Similar, we’re going to do the same with TSMC or Taiwan Semiconductor in Taiwan, and Micron itself, because Micron operates a fab, actually, we learned two fabs, in Taiwan, and so we’re going to be able to see a Micron facility as well. So that industry partnership, both here and abroad, it seems to be crucial to the success not only of the industries, but of the universities that work with them. So I totally agree with what Christina says. It’s going to be really exciting for our faculty and for us to see how we can develop international education programs, not only at partner universities, but partnering with industries in all three countries.

Rebecca: You’re expecting for the student experience to start with faculty- led opportunities, where it might be short term opportunities to go to one of these two countries, explore some things with the guidance of a faculty member first, and hoping that grows into longer exchanges. Is that the model that you’re thinking about? or all the things, at the same time? [LAUGHTER]

Josh: You’re right, I think the faculty led opportunity is the most likely, and I say that for a couple of reasons. Again, we have great relationships with the universities in South Korea and Taiwan, similarly in Japan, and other places, but those places are far away, and most of our students do not have direct experience halfway around the world, in places where English is not spoken and cultures are quite different. Even though they’re safe and they’re wonderful places to go and explore, they’re culturally quite different for many students, and so having the faculty leader with that direct experience who can motivate and excite but also provide the trust and guidance necessary, I have a feeling, yes, that’s going to be the most popular. But if someone wants to go for a semester exchange or year long, they’re welcome to. We’ll have that for them as well. I’m not sure, Christina, if your student population would be similar in that sense.

Christina: The best fit for our students here at MCC is really a short-term faculty led program. 10 days is a good fit for the schedule that our students keep, since most of them work part or full time, they have family responsibilities, and so we have been able to use some of our COIL learning to launch some grants into faculty-led short term programs. Both the faculty chosen for this trip have had opportunities to create faculty-led programs. So I am thinking that that would be what I would like to do with SUNY Oswego in partnership, if we could do that. I think our faculty are excited to lead a trip back to Taiwan and Korea with students. So, I’m looking forward to doing that with a combination of, again, some kind of virtual exchange, some COIL, collaborative online international learning.

Josh: That’s a really good point, because a lot of students at SUNY Oswego as well want to study abroad, or want to travel abroad, but cannot for a variety of reasons, including costs, time to graduation, other responsibilities, like Christina says, and that’s a huge issue. We’re proud of the proportion of students that do study abroad, but it’s still quite small. Probably in our best year, it might be 20% of our population, which is really good, but that’s still 80% who don’t. So those students who cannot take part in that experience, we can develop, whether it’s COIL or something like an exposure to that industry. There’s all sorts of things going on in this field that I was not aware of, things like virtual clean rooms and virtual experiences, or just joint projects focused on semiconductor that our students can work on with students from Korea or Taiwan. But for the students who do go, and that’s one of the big main goals and purposes of the grant. I just think about when that person who graduates and is going for a job interview or filling out an application, and they got the opportunity to travel to Taiwan and actually do a research project or a placement, or maybe we’ll get to the point of an internship at Micron or at a semiconductor fab overseas, that that student will have a competitive edge in the job market. They’ll be more prepared for their career, but we want to be a career- ready institution at SUNY Oswego and I know Monroe is the same, and so we feel that these programs will have direct career benefit for students: more likely to get the job, and then, once they’re in the job, and again, they’re more familiar with the global semiconductor ecosystem. And importantly, they’ll have had some exposure to this part of the world that maybe some of their peers won’t, and that’ll help them in their career.

John: And I would think that there would be some advantages, particularly in STEM fields, for relying to a greater extent, perhaps on virtual exchange or for short-term visits, because most STEM majors have very extensive degree requirements that are already difficult to fit into the curriculum. But by doing things virtually or by having short-term visits, I would think that would make it a little bit more feasible for students in majors with more barriers, because of any of these reasons that you’ve mentioned, or just the number of courses required specifically.

Josh: I think that’s why Christina and I got this grant. I mean, we thought really creatively in the proposal, and to its credit, the grant parameters required community college. I think they were thinking that exact way is, how do we get STEM students? How do we get more career oriented students who also have barriers to study abroad, more involved? Again, they didn’t tell us what to do, but we got creative, and we talked to faculty, and again, each professor who’s going had to put a proposal together of what they could imagine doing in terms of the international experience. And yeah, to your point, John, it really forced all of us to be more creative and more inclusive.

Christina: So here at MCC we have a wonderful workforce development program. And I often do think about how our STEM majors can do some kind of global exchange, because their degree requirements follow a very specific pathway. And there are some that I have been able to find where students can do some semester-long or short-term programs. But our college is unique in that we are often training the workforce in sort of technical careers, and so trying to think about how we do that as a global experience is something that this grant has really helped me think about how we can do that. Most of our students have state and federal funding for school, which requires them to stay within their degree required courses. And so I think we’re trying to think creatively how we can create a capstone that will be part of their program, that could also incorporate some kind of short- term exchange.

Josh: Christina mentioned one of her colleagues from Monroe was in geospatial technology. One of our colleagues in the first delegation was in global international studies. There are a lot of angles that you can take with this topic… site selection. I know that was something that the geographer was particularly interested in, is how a site gets chosen. The footprint that Micron is talking about with its fabs, it’s enormous, so people saw how huge the track of land is that they’re using. And of course, it’s close to the lake and there’re wetland issues involved. So there’s a lot to that from the geographic and the sustainability angle, but also from Global Studies. I’m interested in the topic. How is it that United States and Korea and Taiwan, in this case, are all friendly nations, all allies and strongly aligned with each other. How we interact politically, diplomatically, economically, is of interest to me, especially in such a sensitive technology. And I think we know there are some restrictions on this technology export in certain parts of the world, but also the nexus between education institutions, public education, university, higher education and industry, and how that’s managed, and how governments facilitate that. I think we’ve all seen in New York state how the federal government, state government, local county governments have gotten involved with the Micron project. And sure enough, they have similar approaches on this overseas. So even just understanding how societies are getting ready for investment in technologies like this, all that’s fair game, as well as business and logistics, packaging and shipping these things, and controlling that. So there’s a ton of areas that I think we’re going to be able to explore over the course of the years that we’re involved in getting ready for Micron.

Rebecca: I can imagine that the industry alignment piece of this international project’s a bit different than some of the other projects that you’ve worked on in that it brings industry together, international partners, as well as our institutions. Just from what started to unfold, are there some lessons that you’ve learned that you might share with others that are exploring some similar opportunities?

Josh: That’s a great question. I’ll give my take. We’re still right in the middle of this project, so it’s hard to think fully. But I guess the thing that really has stuck out for me, again, not being an engineer, not being really too familiar with the technology behind it, is how open minded people are about this, at least with the partners we’ve chosen and the types of educational exchanges we’re talking about, all fit with their interests to both the universities that we’re meeting with and the industries. It’s like we’re all open minded about this. And my take on this, I’m not sure what Christina’s is, my take is that we all are in the same ecosystem. And you realize very quickly that something as crucial as semiconductors and other industries, I think, like this too, they all kind of rely on each other, and so working with an educational partner in the United States who has relationships in Korea, Taiwan, that makes sense to our industry clearly, and I sense the same from our partners in Korea and Taiwan as well. It’s like we’re eager to share, we’re eager to learn, and we play a crucial role in that as educators.

Christina: So when we were in Korea, I was really impressed by their national priority to make sure that their students are globally educated. And in several of the colleges that I visited there, they made it known that a requirement was for their students to do some kind of global exchange, whether it was studying in a different country, outside of Korea, and then coming back to inform the Korean industry about the global landscape in technology or in whatever field the student was studying. So of course, I think that’s a priority for our students as well, for MCC and SUNY Oswego, but I also am thinking really deeply right now about the importance of global education as a pathway to diplomacy around higher ed institutions, and how important it is for our students and for us as faculty and staff to continue to develop these global relationships across boundaries, so that global education is a strong skill that our students have. I would also like to say that I was really excited that we got this grant together with SUNY Oswego. I think it’s a great partnership, and I’m very happy to be part of it.

Josh: Yeah, me too. Monroe has been a terrific partner, and their technologies and their facilities for training students and workers are really advanced. They’re incredible. One more thing comes to my mind, Rebecca, about this project, is a lot of us in higher education or education in general, probably don’t interact with industry very much. And when I said about being open minded, I found the industrial partners that we’ve worked with in all the countries we visited so far, I’ve learned something amazing every time I talk to them. And I feel that if we’re going to be the type of institution, and I believe both Monroe Community and SUNY Oswego are, but for others out there who very much want their students to graduate and get good jobs and be able to manage student debt and all the things that we’re concerned about in higher education today, there’s nothing like direct interaction with employers. And I agree with Christina, this could apply in other industries as well. This is just semiconductor, but direct interaction with employers and hearing what they’re looking for, and hearing the kinds of issues that they’re dealing with, and in this case, governments explaining it as well. It’s eye opening. And I think it’s good for us. I think it’s good for me, it’s good for higher education overall, to have that exposure and really to maybe check your assumptions about what a university education is going to lead to for students, because a lot of things are changing, and something as crucial as semiconductor industry, it’s really highlighted to me that these folks can’t wait. They really need the right workers and the right fit and the right skill set. And it’s globally competitive, but also globally one ecosystem that they all interact with. It’s fascinating, and very important too.

Christina: One of the priorities here at MCC around global learning is to understand the impact of global processes on the local economy and vice versa. And so I’m hoping that any programs that we bring to MCC will highlight how connected we are to the world, and we have a very global campus, and also educating the students on the importance of understanding the global workforce is something that I think is important for me to highlight in what we do here.

John: So we’ve talked a bit about the benefit to the institution, the benefits to the region, and so forth. But this is a federally funded grant. What are the benefits to the country of the Chips and Science Act, and what was the motivation behind this act?

Josh: So yeah, we take that responsibility very seriously. It is a federal grant, and it allows two institutions, SUNY-Oswego, Monroe Community College and 10 of our faculty colleagues to have this incredible experience. So it is funded by the American people, and we take that responsibility very seriously. For me, I think it’s partly about global competition, making sure that the United States is competitive, remains competitive, in a crucial industry like semiconductors. I think it’s also the federal government, kind of putting its money where its mouth is, to say that we have the best universities in the world. We have the best technical talent, the most innovative creators and founders in the world, and many of them come to the United States from outside and start businesses here. But at the same time, we can’t rest on our laurels, and that there’s a huge sector of society, regional public universities like SUNY- Oswego, community colleges like Monroe, who maybe don’t have that level of research, because that’s not our focus. But yet, we have incredible faculty, incredible facilities, and our students are ambitious, they’re bright, they’re hard working, and they have a place in this global semiconductor industry as well, and it’s our responsibility to get them ready for it. So to me, that’s what it says.

Christina: One of the things that I have been thinking about as some federal grants have ceased, is how important it is for our students, who are often employed regionally. And I think it’s similar at SUNY-Oswego that students are employed regionally after their education about providing more opportunities to students through any grant agency so that they can have a better understanding of the world, the globe, how their work here is impacted by things happening around the world, and the interdependence of our community, our industries, our workforce. And I’m also like, I’ll say before, the diplomacy aspect is really important to me in terms of creating partnerships around the world. And also, I know this is an interest of Josh’s as well, but that intercultural understanding when we are working in partnership, whether it’s in a collaborative base in the classroom, or if we’re working across industries. I think that intercultural knowledge, that understanding with intercultural communication, all of that, is really important in the work we do around global education, and really important that these grant opportunities that we get help support that sort of worldview.

Josh: Yeah, preparation… definitely agree.

Rebecca: So, we always wrap up by asking: “What’s next?”

Josh: Oh, I know, this is my third time on the show, and I always think to myself that next time, I’m going to prepare and have a better answer. [LAUGHTER] But no, I love the spontaneity of it. Two things are, for me, what’s next, and by the way, I would like to say that I’ve worked in international higher education for over 30 years now. I think this is the highlight of my career, this project, because it ties in so many things that are important to me, the intercultural development that Christina spoke about, crossing borders in general, and how challenging that can be for students and for institutions to do it safely and productively, but also the importance of it, the importance of the project overall, for the reasons we’ve spoken about. So I think about two things about what’s next, developing really innovative and strong education abroad experiences that result from this. We talked a little bit about faculty-led short-term programs, and a little bit about COIL exchange, but I’ll view this as being truly successful and transformational when SUNY-Oswego students are doing internships in Taiwanese semiconductor companies, and we are hosting visiting faculty from Korea and Taiwan on our campuses, and they’re teaching seminars and courses on this topic. What I’m trying to say is when the level of relationship is that deep and that fundamental in this industry, but in the meantime, we got to build one step at a time. The other thing I’m thinking about is, where else we do this? The countries we chose for this grant are ones that SUNY Oswego had good partnerships with, but there are other places in the world too that are crucial in this industry. Japan is a leader in this. There are companies in the Netherlands and Germany that are very strong. All of these places, we have partnerships. So it’s possible that we can even expand this further.

Christina: So I think the what’s next for me is that I’m always thinking about ways for our community college to partner with other institutions, and also thinking about how our students can have a global perspective, a world view in anything they’re doing here, whether they are working in the semiconductor industry, in nursing, as a GIS technology systems student, sustainability. I think all of those things are important for me to think about. How our students, even if they remain local, if they remain in our region, that they will enhance what they’re doing with a world perspective. So I’m excited to bring an opportunity to the students with these partnerships that we create with SUNY-Oswego and in Taiwan and Korea, and really excited to bring that perspective here to MCC.

Josh: And Christina, we’ve been so focused on our international outlook on this project. I think Monroe Community College and SUNY-Oswego are going to work a lot more closely together in this field. I don’t think we quite know, and that’s not necessarily our responsibility to do that, you and me, but I see our two institutions really gelling well with this project, and as the workforce needs of the region continue to grow and get more sophisticated, I think this project will help even beyond our offices.

Christina: I think that’s true. I’m really looking forward to that

Rebecca: Well, thank you so much for joining us today and sharing some insights into your project.

Josh: Thank you for having us, and I appreciate this program. I’m a regular listener, and I always learn something. I hope we shared something of value today, too.

Christina: Thank you so much for having us on this podcast, and thank you to SUNY-Oswego for this partnership.

John: Well, thank you. This is a wonderful program, and it’s one that perhaps many other institutions should consider participating in.

Josh: Thank you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

429. An Educator’s Guide to ADHD

Each student brings individual strengths and challenges to our classroom communities. In this episode, Karen Costa joins us to discuss ways to help students with ADHD thrive.

Karen is a faculty development facilitator specializing in online pedagogy, trauma-aware teaching, and supporting ADHD learners. Karen holds graduate degrees and certificates in education and education leadership; trauma and resilience; trauma-informed organizations; and neuroscience, learning, and online instruction. She is the author of 99 Tips for Creating Simple and Sustainable Educational Videos, and has served as a facilitator for the Online Learning Consortium, the Online Learning Toolkit, and Lumen Learning. Her most recent book, An Educator’s Guide to ADHD, has just been released by Johns Hopkins Press. Through her business, 100 Faculty, Karen offers supportive, fun, and engaging faculty support and development to faculty from all over the world.

Show Notes

  • Costa, K. (2023). 99 tips for creating simple and sustainable educational videos: A guide for online teachers and flipped classes. Taylor & Francis.
  • Online Learning Consortium
  • Lumen Learning
  • Costa, K. (2026). An Educator’s Guide to ADHD. Johns Hopkins University Press.
  • 100 Faculty
  • Clear, J., & Clear, J. (2018). Atomic habits: Tiny changes, remarkable results. Penguin Publishing Group.
  • Costa, Karen (2022). Systems Aren’t Scary. Medium. October 31.
  • Hallowell, E. M., & Ratey, J. J. (2022). ADHD 2.0: New science and essential strategies for thriving with distraction–from childhood through adulthood. Ballantine Books.
  • Dr. Ned Hallowell’s TikTok channel
  • Fehmi, L., & Robbins, J. (2008). The open-focus brain: harnessing the power of attention to heal mind and body. Shambhala Publications.

Transcript

John: Each student brings individual strengths and challenges to our classroom communities. In this episode, we explore ways to help students with ADHD thrive.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Karen Costa. Karen is a faculty development facilitator specializing in online pedagogy, trauma-aware teaching, and supporting ADHD learners. Karen holds graduate degrees and certificates in education and education leadership; trauma and resilience; trauma-informed organizations; and neuroscience, learning, and online instruction. She is the author of 99 Tips for Creating Simple and Sustainable Educational Videos, and has served as a facilitator for the Online Learning Consortium, the Online Learning Toolkit, and Lumen Learning. Her most recent book, An Educator’s Guide to ADHD, has just been released by Johns Hopkins Press. Through her business, 100 Faculty, Karen offers supportive, fun, and engaging faculty support and development to faculty from all over the world. Welcome back, Karen.

Karen: Thank you. I’ve been here before a couple times. It’s been a while, and I just want to say I’m so impressed with your continued work, that you are able to put these incredibly helpful podcasts out into the world. I think the first time we talked was around COVID lockdowns, about trauma, and you’re still doing this, and I find that so impressive. Thank you for all that you do.

John: In fact, your first podcast with us during the pandemic was our most popular podcast ever, and it remains so, it’s still number one on our hit list of the most popular podcasts.

Karen: Well, that wasn’t me. That was because people were trapped at home and desperate for some kind of simulation. So I can’t take credit for that.

John: You provided some help that they desperately needed during that time.

Karen: I’m glad you said that. I do get nervous about these things, but I think you all are my first sort of podcast stop. I’m talking about this book, and it’s a little different, because the book’s not just about helping students and helping teachers, but it’s about me and being somebody with ADHD and late diagnosed and all that comes with that, and I speak pretty openly about it, but there is an element of vulnerability to that. So I gave myself a little extra TLC this morning, reminding myself that it’s normal to feel that vulnerability. I’m really glad to be having this first initial conversation with the book with you two who are so kind and welcoming and making me feel right at home.

John: And speaking of TLC, do you have tea today?

Karen: I don’t think I’ve ever had tea when I’m with y’all.

John: You’re one of many.

Karen: I don’t pretend, and I like to think I’m a truth teller. So I’m drinking a nice, crisp, cool, Polar lemon seltzer, because when I do podcast interviews or talks, I do tend to get warm, and there’s a non-zero chance these days that that could lead to a hot flash. So there’s no tea, and I’m keeping things cool. So to our listeners who also need to keep things cool, you are seen and supported.

Rebecca: You can have iced tea.

Karen: Iced tea, yeah, I have to limit, while this is another ADHD story for another day, but yeah, I got to be careful about the caffeine. There’s probably a decaf. I’ll explore it.

Rebecca: Maybe next time. Today I have a Kenilworth pekoe tea.

John: Very nice. Was this one you picked up in England too.

Rebecca: This is from Scotland.

Karen: You went to the UK recently.

Rebecca: It was last summer, but I stocked up.

Karen: Oh, I’m sure. I lived in London in college for study abroad, so I never made it to Scotland. That’s on my list. I’m jealous.

John: And I just have a mint tea, which I picked up in the local Wegmans.

Rebecca: Still important. All right, now that we’re all hydrated, we invited you here today to discuss An Educators Guide to ADHD. Can you tell us a little bit about the origin story of this book?

Karen: I always find that an interesting question, because we could go pretty far back, generationally speaking. There’s some stories there, but we don’t have that much time today, so [LAUGHTER]I’ll come into the nearer future. A few years ago, I read a book called Atomic Habits by the author, James Clear. I love reading nonfiction. I’m usually reading, because I am ADHD. The way I read nonfiction, I usually read four or five at the same time and sort of cycle through them, because that’s how my brain works. I really enjoy self- development type books. I know how to take what I need from them and leave the rest, because they often have things I don’t agree with and things that aren’t helpful, but I can usually take a nugget or two, and the message I took from Atomic Habits was to focus on systems more than habits, which is something I had already been doing, but it kind of named that for me in a new way. I got excited about it, and I talked about it a little on social media, and I got some, not a lot of, pushback, but some of the pushback was of the don’t do that, don’t read books like that. You’d be better off taking a nap and resting, sort of like people who don’t really support or like that, quote, unquote, business bros, type of advice. And I found that sort of pushback really concerning, because systems for people with ADHD are really life saving, sort of like assistive devices. And so I wrote an article about it called “Systems Aren’t Scary,” and I think it came out on Halloween, which is we’re recording this the day before Halloween. That’s why I called it “Systems Aren’t Scary” because I’m so clever. And Jim Lang and Derek Krissoff, who were at the time, at West Virginia University WVU press. I was talking to them about writing another book, and they saw that article, and they said, “Oh, can you write this book instead?” And I said, “Okay, sure.” Long story short, a lot went down at WVU a few years ago, and Jim and Derek moved on, and I moved on, and was really happy to end up through the leadership of Greg Britton at Johns Hopkins University Press. The book is coming out. At the time of this recording, it’s October, so I think you’ll be hearing it, right around comes out January, 20, 2026 it’s been a long and winding road, changing publishers like that. For somebody with ADHD who struggled with finishing things, it was interesting. I’m proud of myself that I stuck with it. Writing a book is an incredibly long process, slow process. I like to do things like immediately and quick. So book writing is sort of out of my comfort zones, but I really want to have this in the hands of people. I want the generations coming behind me to have it better than I did, and I really want people to understand ADHD for what it is, and to make the world a better place for my fellow ADHDers, so I’m glad that I stuck with it and got it out into the world.

John: You begin the book with an analogy between ADHD and living in a house that’s open to the elements, in terms of both the advantages and the disadvantages. Could you share this analogy with our listeners? Because I thought it was a great introduction to your book.

Karen: Oh, thank you. I changed that introduction 17 times. It’s lovely to hear that. It’s such a funny thing. Book writing is such a solitary process. So just starting the stage where I get to hear from learners who’ve read the book is very exciting. So give me a minute here to be like, “Oh, that’s so cool, John read my introduction.” I like analogies. The analogy is, imagine that you’re living in a house with the windows thrown open, no screens. You are just sort of at one with the elements. You have a certain layer of protection, but you can hear birdsong. Maybe birds even fly into your house. Maybe the cute, adorable forest animals come into your house as well. You sort of got like a Snow White vibe. Your neighbor walks by the house. You can call out to her while she’s walking her dog, and say, “Come over and have a chat. Have a coffee.” You can pass her coffee through the window. We can imagine sort of this combination of those really lovely positive aspects, but also you’re going to have the not cute forest animals and the mosquitoes in your house. It’s probably going to be noisy. You’re much more exposed to the elements. So it’s this combination of strengths and challenges. We can imagine the neurotypical house as being more similar to a house with the windows closed, so you have certain protection from those elements. There is sort of a more fixed or closed or rigid nature to it. I’m not using those terms as positive or negative, just trying to describe that experience. And there’s positives to that, right? It keeps out the pests. However, you’re not going to get to hear the bird song either. There’s pros and cons. Another analogy, I don’t think this is in the book, but I’ll share with people that I often have been thinking about lately, is if you want to cook spaghetti, you use a pot, and that’s where you boil the water and you cook the pasta in the pot, and then you want to drain the water out of the pot. So you use a colander or a drainer. And one of the ways we can think about ADHD as like the colander or drainer, and we might think of the neurotypical person more like the pot. You wouldn’t say, like, oh, the colander is better than the pot, or the pot’s better than the calendar. They’re different. They have different benefits and different drawbacks. You’re not going to cook the pasta in the colander. You’re not going to drain the pasta in the pot. So there’s lots of metaphors that we can think of ADHD, but this more sort of open fluidity. And a word I’m using a lot lately is porousness, because I think that word has less, sort of like goodness or badness attached to it. It’s kind of more like it’s just the nature of the item. So thinking about the ADHD brain and neurotype as more porous, which comes with challenges, but it also comes with strengths, so that more fluid or porous brain or neurotype or experience has a lot, a lot of benefits, which I talk about in the book, and it has a lot of challenges. And that’s where we can meet folks with ADHD.

Rebecca: A growing share of students are diagnosed with ADHD. Can you talk a little bit more about whether or not this is because more people are being tested?

Karen: When I wrote the book, I didn’t expect ADHD and autism to be in the news, as they have been recently this past year, in quite that way. There’s a lot of conversation happening on this, a lot of interest, and that boggles the mind. We don’t have any evidence, despite what you may have read or seen on the news, we don’t have any evidence that ADHD is growing. It’s kind of presented as like this monster that’s out of control and we have to contain it. That’s not what’s actually happening. We are seeing things like a decrease in stigma. A lot of that is due to social media, and a lot of that is due to specifically conversations that happened during the pandemic where a lot more folks sort of came online and came onto social media and were speaking more openly about some of those challenges. We also know that, particularly later in life diagnosed folks, crises or massive changes will often precede a diagnosis. So a lot of the people who [LAUGHTER] were in a structured work environment and then got sent home with all their stuff one day, [LAUGHTER] and had to live in a very unstructured environment that is often cited as one of the reasons a lot of people realized something’s going on here, because that external structure of the workplace went away. So, that didn’t create the ADHD, It revealed it. We have no data, and there’s no evidence that this is something that is growing because of… I don’t even know. I try not to listen to these people. I don’t want to give them too much attention. But there’s no evidence that it’s growing. It is likely due to an increase in awareness, a reduction in stigma. Social media is motivating people to realize things about themselves, and many folks have been saying, “I want to get tested,” or folks are self diagnosing. So we’re seeing sort of a rise in awareness about ADHD, which I think is a really good thing, because I talk about diagnosis as a map in the book, and whether we can talk more about this formal clinical diagnosis or self diagnosis, diagnosis can be a map, and it typically can be a map to support ,whether that’s through medical treatment, through lifestyle design, or to community. And for me, that was one of the biggest pieces of the puzzle, was finding people like me who I can talk to about this experience and know that I’m not alone in that. So we see that, when done right and supported, diagnosis can lead to a massive reduction in shame, which is one of the biggest challenges for people with ADHD. Diagnosis is increasing more because of awareness and access, and generally speaking, it can be a really good thing because it connects ADHD or their communities.

Rebecca: Folks feel less stigmatized who have ADHD is becoming evident in university environments because people are speaking out more openly about such a diagnosis and also asking for supports and having really healthy conversations. I know that I’ve had some of those conversations with students in ways that I wasn’t having previously, because the students brought that conversation to the table, which I think is really great.

Karen: I think that’s great, and two things can be true. So I think we are seeing a decrease in stigma, and I think like [LAUGHTER] we were starting from a really, really bad place. So like, any improvement is good, but I will tell you, I get messages from people all the time, private messages, like through social media or email, and it’s from people who are working in higher ed who either are ADHD or suspect they’re ADHD, and they’re coming to me privately to ask for advice because they don’t feel they can speak about it publicly. I talk about it because I try to use the privileges that I have to, again, make things better for people who don’t have the privileges and protections. I like to be honest, the biggest reason I’m able to talk about this is because my husband has a stable job that provides me access to quality healthcare. As an adjunct. If I didn’t have that access, would I be speaking about this publicly? I don’t know, because I can’t live without… I don’t really think anybody can, but I have chronic health issues, and I need a lot of support with my various diagnoses, so if I didn’t have that, I wouldn’t be able to do this. Yes, I think two things are true, and we’ll never be bored, because we have so much work to do and so many areas of opportunity. So we won’t be bored, is the good news.

Rebecca: I really appreciate you also just addressing and drawing attention to the differences of experiences often that students might have from faculty and staff too. This is true around accommodations and all kinds of things related to disability.

Karen: I want to speak on the accommodations piece. That was one of the most intense parts of the book. There’s a page in the book where I write about the process to get a diagnosis. Because right now in higher education, our accommodations model, in order to access learning through formal accommodations, students have to come in with a formal clinical diagnosis. And I forget exactly how many steps I wrote out in that process, but it was like 18 steps. That made me feel pretty sick about that, that that’s the model that we’re using, and obviously a lot of folks are designing around that, through Universal Design for Learning and focusing more on accessibility. That’s how I teach. I know so many folks listening to this teach that way. But the idea that the system that we, who claim to be some of the brightest people in the world, have developed has 18 steps in between students and access to learning is preposterous and infuriating. So again, though, the good news is no boredom, because we have plenty of work to do.

John: And your book is a nice, important part of that. And the issue you just mentioned results in a lot of inequity, because those steps take time, as well as some diagnosis that’s not free, typically. The people who are more likely to get diagnosed are people who do have the privilege of good health insurance and more free time and other things. So the impact is quite inequitable on students.

Karen: Absolutely, it’s not just the fact that you are asking somebody who has executive function challenges to go through an 18-step process, which is again preposterous. It’s that even if the person with ADHD can get through that, we know that there are massive inequities around race, class, and gender in terms of access to a formal clinical diagnosis. Girls and women are massively under diagnosed. I was one of those girls who slipped through the cracks until I was diagnosed at the age of 40. We know that black and brown kids are less likely to be diagnosed. They are more likely to be misdiagnosed, often with personality disorders, or they are funneled into sort of like the punitive discipline process, instead of getting access to their actual diagnosis that can lead them to community and to support. You’ve got this incredibly inequitable system that’s just people are getting misdiagnosed or not diagnosed at all. You get into higher education, and you say, in order to access what you need to learn, there’s all these barriers in place, and a formal diagnosis can cost upwards of $3,000 if your insurance doesn’t cover it. In addition, the most recent diagnostic appointment I had was eight hours long. I had to find somebody who could do the work. I had to drive into Boston, which is, as the crow flies from where I live, it’s like 30 minutes, but Boston traffic, it’s like two hours. So eight hours out of work and life, and go in and making the appointment. I can go on and on here. So just the casualness of how people talk about like, “Oh, you just need a diagnosis,” is just so wrong. It’s so, so wrong, and we’ve got to do better.

Rebecca: You talked a little bit already today in our conversation about how diagnosis can provide a little bit of a roadmap. Can you expand upon that a little bit, maybe from your own experience and how that provided you with a roadmap?

Karen: I have had the experience my whole life of feeling like an alien. This is actually a pretty common thing among folks who identify as neurodivergent. There’s some writing on this, which I learned about after I was diagnosed. And I was like, “Oh, that’s cool.” This feeling of wrongness, of this deep shame, of like, why can I do these things but not these other things? One of the things I talk about in the book that’s really challenging for people with ADHD is personal care and dental hygiene. This is the vulnerability I was talking about earlier. One of the things I struggle is remembering to brush my teeth, and not just remembering to brush my teeth, but remembering if I brushed my teeth. So if I leave the house, which I don’t too often, because I work from home, but anytime I leave the house, I don’t know if I brushed my teeth. I can’t remember. Speaking back to James Clear, I have a system that I’ve learned to create, and if my husband’s home because he works from home, I’ll text him and I’ll ask him, can you check my toothbrush to see if it’s wet? And he knows how to help me, so he’ll check. And most of the time, he says “yes,” but sometimes he says “no,” and I drive with a toothbrush and toothpaste in my car and a bottle of water. If I didn’t know that I had ADHD, that’s a really, sort of, like, scary and demoralizing and shameful thing of like, what’s wrong with me? Why can’t I figure this out? Right? Like, I just wrote a book, I have a master’s degree. I speak publicly, and most of the time I think I know what I’m talking about, but I can’t remember to brush my teeth. And that’s one of like, a million examples. When you get the diagnosis and you learn to understand your brain, and I understand now why I don’t remember to brush my teeth. And I understand how to design a system, and I understand that the most important part of that system is if I remembered or if I didn’t. I say to myself, “Karen, I’m so proud of you. I’m so proud that you checked with your husband and now you have your toothbrush in the car. I’m so proud of you,” or if I did remember I say “I’m so proud of you that you were…” like either way to learn how to speak kindly to myself. It was just so confusing before when I didn’t know what was going on. And those skills have been learned through therapy and working with coach and doing tons of study on ADHD and things like that. There’s work involved in that, but yeah, I think that shame reduction piece is so powerful, and you find people like yourself, like one of the books I talk about most in my book is the book ADHD 2.0 by Ned Hallowell and John Ratey, and they’re both medical doctors, but they both also have ADHD. And Dr. Ned, when I was first diagnosed, seeing him say… he would do these little TikToks about what people with ADHD, and then he would say, people like me. And when he said people like me, this doctor who has written multiple books, little pieces of me would start to heal. It was the “people like me,” not even the content that he was talking about. It was when he said, “people like me.” And that is, for me, the beauty of what diagnosis, whether clinical or self, can do, is it can help you find people like you.

John: So you received some really nice support from those videos. What can faculty do to better support students who do have ADHD, and you mentioned in the book that faculty need to unlearn what they think they know about ADHD. Could you talk a little bit about some of the misconceptions that people have?

Karen: The first problem we have in front of us is the name. ADHD stands for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and I’ve had very lovely sort of people who are ingrained in the clinical or medical model say to me, “that’s not deficit based,” and this has happened to me, so it has the word deficit in the name disorder. Yeah, so that’s not what it is. I still use the term ADHD. I don’t use the term attention deficit hyperactivity disorder because it is obviously deficit based, but it’s just we’re learning now that it’s incorrect. ADHD is not a deficit of attention. It is now increasingly being understood as an abundance of attention. And Hallowell and Ratey are on the leading edge of this. But we’re also seeing this influx of researchers who have ADHD coming into the field, and the framing of research studies and how you approach them, obviously impacts the outcomes. I know I’ve got a lot of research folks that are listening, and when you bring folks in who’ve actually lived with this neurotype, you open up this whole world. We are learning so much more about what ADHD is and isn’t, and one of the biggest misconceptions is that it is either deficit or superpower. So I use this model of strengths-based, challenge-aware, which I think is a much more middle path. It is not fully a deficit; i t does include challenges. I don’t like when people say it’s a superpower, because my family and I are fans of superhero movies, and all the superheroes are intensely miserable, and it has ruined their lives. I talk about Tobey Maguire Spider Man meme in the book, where he’s just the most miserable human on the planet. Superheroes are not generally healthy and happy, well-balanced people. So I like to really bring people into this middle path. This is a neurotype. Another way we can think of it as a brain style. It is part of the natural, vast variety of life and ways of being in the world, and it comes with challenges, and it comes with strengths. And I go into this in the book. We are taught that there’s one right way to be, the neurotypical way of being, and that anybody who diverges from that is both weak and threatening. The reason we do that is so that we can then deny those people resources, its not rocket science. So it’s really quite a radical thing for folks to say, “Wait a minute, I’m not weak or threatening. I’m part of the vast variety and natural neurodiversity that is part of the entire world.” And if you, as an educator, can shift your mind into that, you will not only be better supporting your students, but you’re really also sort of working toward a brighter, better future where we can move beyond some of those limitations. The biggest thing is to also bring in those strengths. And I want educators to know this is like a win-win. Your ADHD students are the creative geniuses of the world, and they are little engagement fireworks that you can be igniting in your classrooms. That’s the number one thing educators tell me that they want to do in their classroom is to engage their students, and your ADHDers are just like human vacuum cleaners who love to consume information, love to learn, have so many ideas, they’re gifts and assets to our world and to our classrooms. The most important thing that you can do as an educator is to get your mindset in check about what ADHD is. Get rid of the deficit. Get rid of the idea that there’s something wrong with us. We are part of the natural variation of the many neurotypes and ways of being in the world. We have challenges. We need help, we need support, but we also come to your classrooms with so many strengths. So if you can come into your classroom with that mindset, you’re going to reduce shame, and you’re going to design inclusive learning experiences for your ADHDers.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about some practices in the classroom that can help lean on some of those strengths and help address some of the challenges.

Karen: The first rule of supporting folks with ADHD is externalize everything possible. Our working memory, as ADHDers, I mentioned this word before, is very porous. An example of that is if I leave this room of my house that I’m in now, and I go into another room with the intention of putting on a different pair of socks. When I get into that other room, I will have no recollection of why I’m in there. If I need to do that, what I will do is I externalize it. As soon as I say “I need to change my socks,” I will walk into the other room and I will repeat to myself, “change shocks, change socks, change socks.” I’m making it external, because I’m not able to hold change socks in my working memory, so that when I get to the other room, I can take that action. This saying “in one ear and out the other.” is how my working memory works, [LAUGHTER] or doesn’t, for that matter. It’s porous. The thing is that, I want to say this quickly, that porosity is the reason behind our creativity. Let’s go back to the open windows. So that’s why we’re getting birdsong. That’s why we are getting to play with the squirrels and have all that fun. That flowing creative energy is Hallowell and Ratey, call it “the paradoxical pairs.” The flip side of that is we can’t hold things in our working memory. So this is what you got to do. Everything is external. Everything gets written down. What you don’t want to do is like, if you’re on site and your students are walking out of class, time is up, you yell out the door, like, “Don’t forget, I want you to read pages 72 to 77 next week,” or whatever, in one ear and out the other. The second it’s out of your mouth. It no longer exists to me. Things need to be put into emails, put into task lists. We need to be putting things in multiple modalities so that it’s something that we can see and touch. I use multiple alarms. So I use like things that I can hear, things that I can see, things that I can touch. And there’s always multiple layers. Task lists are really a lot of bang for your buck. What do you want people to do this week? And it’s got to be something I can see and touch. Couple other things I’ll mention, metacognitive, or what I talk about in the book, is meta learning. So metacognition is learning about learning. Meta learning is sort of just like a more expansive way of not being quite so brain bound. Giving students a chance. I’ll name the elephant in the room, the AI elephant in the room. I’m seeing a lot of folks who are linking metacognition to some of the pedagogical strategies we can use in the AI era, having a greater focus on process rather than product, and metacognition and meta learning is great for this. So asking students, how do you plan to do this? And then after they do it, what did you learn from what you did? It’s great for everybody, but it’s particularly great for ADHDers, because we get to explore our process and what works best for our brains, and then the reflection afterwards, we get to see if it worked, and then we can redesign as we go. That’s a much better process than you imposing what you think your ADHD students should be doing. You’re putting them in the driver’s seat of your learning. This metacognition should really be much more intensely built into all our courses, but it’s a particularly powerful strategy for ADHDers. Fun fact, somebody who got their hands… I didn’t end up having to work with this person …[LAUGHTER] on an early copy of my book, who was from the clinical field, said pretty much word for word, “ADHDers can’t do metacognition,” and there’s reams of data of how good metacognition is for ADHDers. We absolutely can do it, and it benefits us, but there are still so many people out there who have this idea of like ADHDers can’t do that. That very ableist mindset is alive and well. But read the book. There’s tons of research in there to support this. The beauty of this is you’re not trying to make them be a neurotypical student. You’re empowering them to figure out what works for them. I could keep going, but I know we don’t have all day, so I’ll stop there. Read the book for more ideas.

John: Those techniques you’ve talked about are good for everybody, and they’re parts of inclusive teaching practices, which suggests that a lot of inclusive teaching practices will work for a wide variety of students with a wide variety of backgrounds [LAUGHTER] and needs, desires, interest and motivation. This is really good advice for all students. One of the things that you’ve talked a little bit about is that deficit mindset, and one of the things you suggest is that, as you have already mentioned, the term ADHD is a misnomer. And you suggest an alternative ON, or the open neurotype. Do you think using a more neutral term like that might help shift people from the deficit model to a more accurate representation of our students?

Karen: I thought I would have some fun with it and say, If I could rename ADHD, what would I name it? And I landed on open neurotype, because ADHDers, we are often “on,” I don’t know if we have an offsetting that’s one of the best parts about us. We have what the French would call a joie de vivre, a joy in life. One of our challenges is never turning off. It can be quite exhausting. “On” worked for that reason, but it also worked in that idea of a neurotype is one of the words I use to describe these, I don’t like the word conditions, but some folks are still using the word conditions. It’s a better word than conditions. It’s not a disorder, and it’s not a condition, it’s a neurotype. It’s a brain style, and then open is talking to that fluidity, that porosity, that flow, that is the best part of our ADHD learners, and it’s also the root of many of our challenges. I don’t know how we get from attention deficit hyperactivity disorder to something like ON. I do know that if the word deficits in the name, then it’s deficit based. So again, the way I’m doing it is I’m very transparent about my language choices, and I talk in the book and I say, like, I’m going to use ADHD, I’m going to tell you what it stands for, and then I’m not going to use that term again, and that’s what I do in my work. And I hope that, again, as we have this influx of ADHD researchers coming into the field and a lot more advocacy going on, I hope that we start to lean into more inclusive terms, just as one other example in the ADHD 2.0 book, they use the term VAST, variable attention stimulus trait, that is their alternative term for ADHD. And you’ll notice variable attention is speaking to the fact that ADHD is, once again, I’ll say it, not a deficit of attention. And stimulus trait is a much more flexible way of looking at this, not as a disorder, but as a collection of traits.

John: And the use of the VAST term, too, points out that there’s a whole spectrum in which people may have their attention. It could be very narrowly focused, or it could be much more open. And we have a wide variety of people, and we should be trying to address the needs of everyone.

Karen: I talk in the book about there’s this relationship between neurodiversity and biodiversity, which I find very fascinating, because we’re seeing that biodiversity is under attack, and a big part of some of the worst climate outcomes we’re seeing are related to the loss of biodiversity. And some of the original creators of this term neurodiversity were modeling it off of biodiversity. And the idea is that if you look around the world, you see millions of ways that life expresses itself. There’s not one way to be alive, and neurodiversity is lined up with that, there’s not one way of being a human being and expressing yourself and experiencing the world. There’s a seemingly infinite number of ways. So that vast variety is why life persists. Life didn’t put all its eggs in one basket, [LAUGHTER] sort of like why life is here. It’s a good thing. There is strength in diversity. I want to say the word diversity like 100 times a day, because we’re being told we’re not allowed to say it. It’s why we are here. Diversity is strength. So whether it’s neurodiversity, racial diversity, gender diversity, diversity is strength. And I just want to say it a million times, because people don’t seem to get it. And neurodiversity, biodiversity, we need to celebrate it all.

Rebecca: I wanted to circle back to the idea of attention. One of the phrases you used earlier and you use in your book, is that, like abundance of attention, I find really delightful. But we also hear a lot from faculty of concerns about paying attention or distraction or focus, all those kinds of words. Can you talk a little bit more about this range of attention and why maybe this narrow focus on how the term is used is problematic.

Karen: This one could probably be a book in and of itself, one of the first things that people can do if they want to explore this, a fascinating exploration is look at the different words and terms we use across various languages to describe attention. So I’m studying French later in life, which is a very ADHD thing of me, and the French translation is not to pay attention, but to make or do attention, which is a very different way of looking at it. Isn’t it interesting that in America, attention is something that we pay, so there’s a little like, “Hmm, let’s be curious about what’s actually going on here.” There’s a book I talk about in my book called The Open Focus Brain, by this guy, Les Fehmi, and his argument is that this idea that attention, it should be this very like you’re zoning in on one thing, is very much tied to capitalism, and that’s how you are efficient. That’s how you’re a good worker bee. That’s how you produce the most, is by zooming in on one thing. Zooming in on one thing is also what we want to do if we are like under threat. And he argues that by really cultivating a single pointed type of attention, we are training our brains to believe that we are under threat whenever we are sort of in that super- focused type of attention. He presents this alternative called “open focus.” And anybody who’s listening to this, who’s gone through meditation, I’m like a lifelong… this is another podcast… yoga student teacher and meditation student teacher. When you go through the meditation process, you often learn to start with single pointed meditation, focusing on an anchor or your breath, and then you learn to expand out, and you learn to sit in meditation and be open to all of the experiences and all of the noises and all of the sensations. One of those isn’t better than the other, so open focus is the idea that we are able to be taking in everything that’s happening around us: the other students in the classroom, the sound of the air conditioner, the smells in the room, ADHDers tend to have that sort of more open focus that can make it more challenging for us to be in that sort of productive, efficient mode, but it offers many gifts as well. That’s why we’re so creative, and why we are able to connect seemingly disparate ideas in really interesting ways. So it’s, again, that blessing and a curse. The other thing that we will do, ADHDers, when we’re in a setting where you’re saying, I’ve got to zone in and my focus is open, is that we will do something called stimming, which is things like doodling or fidgeting or turning around in our chair, things like repetitive motions, rocking. Both ADHD and autistic folks do this. We’re not doing that because we’re distracted. Doing that helps us to focus. So that’s one of the big messages I guess I’ll leave folks with is whatever you want to call it, you don’t know when people are paying attention. Attention is very complex. It’s very personal. It’s very diverse. Stop trying to police other people’s attention. The way that I pay attention. I mean, my desk is like covered with little toys and gadgets that I use behind the scenes [LAUGHTER] in Zoom meetings to keep myself focused. If you think attention looks like sitting still and not moving, you’re going to say she’s not paying attention. I actually am. I’m deeply paying attention because I’m doing all of those other things that give me those external structures that I need to focus in on what you’re saying. So stop trying to police people’s attention. Know that open awareness and open focus is another way of being in the world, and incredibly valid and important, and we probably need a lot more of it, and trust your students to do what they need to do to be present in your classrooms.

John: A friend of mine is an autism researcher, and we’ve talked about it quite a bit in terms of the type of focus that people with autism have. As I was reading your description of ADHD, I was seeing so many connections in terms of the different types of attention, and you mentioned that there’s an emerging recognition of an overlap between ADHD and autism. Can you talk a little bit about the ways in which they’re connected, or the similarities that occur in autism and ADHD,

Karen: I can. So here’s a fun little story for the listeners. In the middle of writing this book, I got a second diagnosis. After getting late in life ADHD diagnosis, I then got a late in life autism diagnosis, so am doubly blessed. And remember the winding journey of writing the book I mentioned earlier? Didn’t see that one coming either. So yes, I can speak to this from both lived experience and the research. AuDHD is sort of like this new wild frontier that we are seeing rise up. I’m really excited for this understanding of the overlap between autism and ADHD. I think we’re going to be hearing that term, AuDHD more and more and more in the coming years, there’s a lot of unknowns. So I have seen data that up to 80% of autistic folks would also qualify for an ADHD diagnosis. At that level, [LAUGHTER] you start to wonder what’s going on. And there are some folks who are saying, “Are these like the same thing, and they’re manifesting in different folks differently.” There was a time, up until several years ago, where you couldn’t get both an autism and an ADHD diagnosis through the DSM. They said these two things cannot overlap, and now they’re saying 80% of folks with autism have ADHD. So we are learning a lot. There are days when I feel like these are the same thing, and AuDHD is like a thing in and of itself, and there are days when I can feel them as separate entities [LAUGHTER] inside of my head. And it’s hard for me to explain that, unless you’ve lived with these neurotypes, it’s a very sort of fluid situation. I don’t know if it’s a question we’ll even be able to answer through research. I think it’s more something we’re going to move through and have to experience and really listen to people’s lived experiences. But you’re going to see a lot more AuDHDers in your classes, in your meetings. The joke is in our community that if you got a late in life ADHD diagnosis that you can just chill out for a couple years and then you just go and pick up your autism diagnosis as well, because there are some folks who believe the reason that they mask each other, and that’s why folks are getting late diagnosed. One of the ways [LAUGHTER] that I’ve heard it talked about is ADHD is the gas pedal and autism is the brake. So you’re driving a car pressing down the brake and the gas pedal at the same time. It makes for an interesting ride, but there’s some evidence that they’re masking each other, no less challenging for people. They are no less in need of support, but there’s some interesting overlaps going on there. If you’re listening to this and this is something that interests you, we just need a ton more research on this, a ton more support. We need people who are diagnosed and have lived experiences leading the charge on this. But yeah, AuDHD is going to be pretty big and very interesting for us to continue to learn about.

Rebecca: So earlier, you mentioned about Universal Design for Learning and also accessible design. Can you talk a little bit about how those methodologies, frameworks, might really help all students, but ADHDers in particular?

Karen: Yes, absolutely. So. I am a student and a facilitator of UDL, a practitioner of UDL, a wonderful approach that helps us address those accommodations, limitations, fantastic. Two things can be true. My concern about UDL is that sometimes I feel like it’s used to ignore disability or ignore difference, and I’ve heard sometimes UDL practitioners say things like, “We don’t even need to talk about your disability or your ADHD in the classroom, because we have designed this accessible learning experience.” Well, those are parts of me, so UDL is not intended to wipe that away. When done well, it should be inviting that into the experience. So what I think might be helpful, I’ll give an example. For me as an educator, I feel like I’m on the right track when I hear from a student who says I have accommodations, and I look at their letter and I am able to respond to them and say, “I’m so glad you sent me this. All of this is designed into the course already for all students,” that feels like I’m on the right track. And I will often disclose, depending on the situation, and let them know that this is something I live with, and I’m proud and happy to be a role model for them, and I am there to do anything I can to support them. I am not a mind reader, so please keep me updated on anything I can do. So that’s my approach to it, like I want to notice and I want to celebrate their identities and reinforce that throughout the course. I teach, primarily online, asynchronous, so it’s woven into my discussions, into the conversations we’re having, into my grading, into the types of resources I share with students. And it’s not disability I want to eliminate, it’s the need for that letter eventually, right? Like everything is built into my course already, I feel like I’ve done the right thing when I’m able to notice and celebrate and thank that student for sharing that with me and let them know it’s baked into the course for all students. The last thing I want to say about this is one thing I don’t like about UDL is when we say, here, “We can do this for ADHD students,” and people say, “Oh, and Isn’t it lovely that it’s good for everybody.” Two things can be true. Let’s let it be just good for ADHD students, that’s good. That’s good on its own. It’s great on its own. And I recognize that we want to motivate people to see the many benefits of this. And it’s good for everybody is a lovely thing. But I also want us to say that, like, “If it was just good for ADHD students, that would be wonderful, too.” So those two things are happening at the same time for me, and I think that’s important to mention when we talk about UDL.

Rebecca: I appreciate you pointing out these complexities, that multiple things can be true at the same time. Now that comes up a lot in the accessibility work that I do as well. So we always wrap up by asking, what’s next?

Karen: This is coming out in January, so I’m really excited to get the book out into the world, and hearing how people are going to react to it and use it will be exciting for me. The other thing I’m working on now is I’m shifting a bit from climate change mitigation to adaptation in my focus, which is to say, I’m always very mindful when I talk about the climate stuff. We need folks who are working to prevent climate change, and I want people who are doing that to keep doing that. I am feeling called to focus more on adapting to some of the worst impacts that we’re seeing already happening. And I’m really feeling curious about things like the fact that we have hundreds of colleges in coastal areas that we don’t know if they will be able to stay there. So I’m starting to take some classes on things like forced migration related to climate change, because my sense is nobody in higher ed is talking about this, or very few people, which is very understandable. I feel called to do that. I want to support campuses that might need to relocate, students who might need to relocate due to climate change, and I very much want to, in particular, help support disabled folks who are part of those changes, and to recognize that our ADHDers are, I think, the creative folks that we need to be leading a lot of the changes that we will need to be making in the next few decades, in this very volatile era. So one of our greatest strengths is that creativity piece. We don’t just think in terms of what has already been proven. We design and create new worlds and new ideas. I think that’s why I’m able to do that work well, and it’s a little disconcerting for some people, but I feel like it needs to get done, and it’s something I’m feeling curious about. So leaning into that more as well.

John: Certainly an important issue to be focusing on in a country where we need far more of a focus on climate change right now. Well, thank you. I very much enjoyed reading your book. I think it would be a great book for reading groups, for any faculty member to learn more about a non-trivial share of the students they’re working with.

Karen: The number that I use in the book is 5 to 10% but I’ve had classes where up to 40% of my students disclose ADHD, so I think that 5 to 10% is the tip of the iceberg, and I also think the vast majority of our students stop outs and dropouts are probably undiagnosed ADHD. If I’ve got anybody out there who’s connected to enrollment management, I think you’ve got a huge opportunity here to help students persist and complete by considering that lens of undiagnosed ADHD and higher ed’s failure to adapt to that as a big, big opportunity.

Rebecca: Well, thanks so much for joining us. We always enjoy talking to you, Karen, and sharing your work.

Karen: I am so grateful for both of you, again, the fact that you are able to persist and keep doing this is such a testament to who you are, and so needed in our world and our very rapidly changing higher ed so thank you for doing the work that you do. Action is the antidote to despair. So everybody’s got to find their small actions or medium or big actions that they can take to help make a difference. You don’t have to save the world, you just got to do your part.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

408. The University Unfettered

Colleges and universities have survived many challenges. In this episode, Ian McNeely joins us to discuss how public higher ed institutions continued to thrive despite the challenges of the Great Recession, low-quality online diploma mills, and the COVID pandemic. Ian is a Professor of History and Senior Associate Dean for Undergraduate Education at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, He specializes in German history and the history of knowledge. Ian is the author of The University Unfettered: Public Higher Education in an Age of Disruption, which examines how modern research universities responded to the disruptions in higher education between the Great Recession and COVID-19 and the lessons learned from these experiences.

Show Notes

  • McNeely, Ian F. (2025). The University Unfettered: Public Higher Education in an Age of Disruption. Columbia University Press.
  • Club Mate
  • Baumol, W.J. (1967).  Macroeconomics of Unbalanced Growth: The Anatomy of Urban Crisis. American Economic Review. June. pp. 415-26.
  • Krueger, A. B. (2001). An Interview with William J. Baumol. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 15(3), 211-231.
  • Todd, E. M., Watts, L. L., Mulhearn, T. J., Torrence, B. S., Turner, M. R., Connelly, S., & Mumford, M. D. (2017). A Meta-analytic Comparison of Face-to-Face and Online Delivery in Ethics Instruction: The Case for a Hybrid Approach. Science and engineering ethics, 23(6), 1719–1754. (an example of a meta-analysis comparing alternative instructional modalities)

Transcript

John: Colleges and universities have survived many challenges. In this episode, we discuss how public higher ed institutions continued to thrive despite the challenges of the great recession, low-quality online diploma mills, and the COVID pandemic.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Ian McNeely. Ian is a Professor of History and Senior Associate Dean for Undergraduate Education at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, He specializes in German history and the history of knowledge. Ian is the author of The University Unfettered: Public Higher Education in an Age of Disruption, which examines how modern research universities responded to the disruptions in higher education between the Great Recession and COVID-19 and the lessons learned from these experiences. Welcome, Ian.

Ian: Thanks for having me.

John: Thank you for joining us. Today’s teas are:… Ian, are you drinking any tea?

Ian: Recently I’ve been drinking, I’m not sure it qualifies as a tea, it’s technically a soft drink that’s extremely popular in Berlin. It’s called Club Mate, and it’s a yerba mate drink with carbonation and a little bit of sugar, not as sugary as we have over here, but more caffeinated. So it gives you a nice little buzz.

Rebecca: I think it fits in the right category then. [LAUGHTER]

Ian: Yeah, very much so.

Rebecca: I have Lady Grey today, John.

John: And I have wild blueberry today.

Rebecca: Oh, switching it up.

John: Yes, it’s a black tea with a little bit of blueberries added to it.

Ian: Sounds yummy.

Rebecca: Of course, my description is interesting because it sounds like it might fit in that same category of those black teas that had cherry in it that I didn’t like. So we invited you here today to discuss The University Unfettered. Can you tell us a little bit about the origin story of the book?

Ian: Yeah. So it goes back to my first foray, first into faculty shared governance, and then to formal administrative roles. I’d gotten tenure in the mid-aughts, and then a couple years later, the Great Recession came in 2008-09, that was when I was really just beginning to get into faculty service and figuring out what campus was like. And I sensed at that time that this event would have a kind of epical impact on higher education, I just didn’t know how. So I kind of developed a desire to kind of run into this burning building [LAUGHTER] that I thought higher ed would become. And long story short, after a few years of doing kind of faculty senate stuff, I got my first admin job of seeing undergraduate education at my former institution. So I should be clear for listeners that I’m not talking about UNC Chapel Hill, I’m talking about another public flagship where I’d been a faculty member for 24 years until last year, and I spent the entire decade, the 2010s, really delving down into the way universities work and kind of learning at the coal face or down in the engine room, or where the sausage is made, or whatever metaphor you want to pick, about things that I’d never understood before, and frankly, had been socialized to be a little bit skeptical of. I mean, what do Deans actually do? Why are these decisions made? Why is our Xerox copying budget being cut? And then, on a much broader scale, what is happening to higher ed? There had already been a lot of critiques of research and teaching, escalating tuition, political concerns, not yet the types of attacks we see now, and just a general kind of loss of confidence in the public mission of higher ed and of public universities, particularly. So when I got done with that stint in administration, this was more or less after the pandemic ended, I had a sabbatical coming. I thought these two events were a great set of bookends for a study of how universities work on the inside and what that tells us about higher education today. So the Great Recession, 2008-09, all the way down to the pandemic and its aftermath, more or less ending in 2022, went on sabbatical, wrote the thing up. I hadn’t been publishing very much during my admin career, and this thing came out in six months of writing. It just flowed out of my fingertips into the Microsoft Word, and it was a joy to write. It’s a kind of warts and all, this is the way universities work. But despite all the mid-level and minor flaws that we experience in higher ed, the enterprise is fundamentally sound. So it’s a comedy, not a tragedy. There are [LAUGHTER] lots of crazy things that happen along the way, and whether we’re still living in a comedy or a tragedy is something we get to do later. But above all, I wanted folks, particularly in faculty and administrative roles, hopefully, maybe some readers outside the academy, can use this and say, well, at least until recently, this was how the machine was supposed to function, and did a remarkably good job despite it all.

John: You noted that when you entered this position, you were a little concerned about entering this burning building, and you note in your book that state funding for higher ed had been declining for several years prior to the Great Recession, and we saw reductions in state tax revenues during that period, leading to lower state support for higher ed. And also, this was a time there was a lot of for-profit online competitors, some of them of very sketchy quality, and there was a lot of concern in general about the future of higher ed. You note, though, that in response to the challenges that were expected, higher ed continued to thrive during and immediately after the financial crisis. Why were the outcomes so much better than many expected to occur during that period?

Ian: Yeah, great question. So just to cut to the chase, the argument is that over the 2010s market competition reigned supreme, and public universities triumphed in that competition.. There was a flight to quality as students and parents and employers all looked to our established institutions to do what they already had done well. We did not know that at the time. Again, that was why I, myself, got into this line of work, and I think a lot of folks were concerned about: A) cutbacks in state funding, and B) as you said, the threat represented by for-profit online providers. So just to flesh that out a little bit more, a lot of states, including the state where I formally taught, had experienced the declining allocations from state legislators, already for decades, or at least years, running up to the financial crisis. When the financial crisis hit, that put a very big additional debt and the monies available for universities. The reason being that states, A) are often subject to limitations on taxes in general, citizens don’t like to pay that much, B) they’re often obligated to fund Medicare or prisons or K-12 education or unemployment insurance, lots of other things are ahead of the line, from a state legislator’s point of view, before higher education gets its cut. And so the question really was, at the time, would private demand for higher education compensate for the decline in public revenues? We know from generations of economic history that recessions have a counter-cyclical effect, that when the economy goes down, people go back to school to get more educational credentials, but we didn’t know that would counterbalance the cuts that we saw, and part of the reason was the rise of these for-profit online competitors. It’s hard to remember now, but I remember at the time thinking like, are they going to eat our lunch? Are they going to automate education? Are they going to replace liberal arts with vocational training? Are they going to act as the disruptive innovators that run circles around these lumbering, conservative, ancient institutions, and the long story short was that: no, that enterprise failed. And in particular, by the end of the pandemic, we all were treated to what at the beginning of the decade felt like a utopian scenario, and ended up being more of a dystopian scenario where everybody, all of a sudden, had to go online, all at once. And we learned at the end of that that even though online is great, it’s not a replacement for the face-to-face teaching that we’ve done for centuries. And so again, the pandemic was a nice bookend to a decade that started off very uncertain, had a lot of rocky periods during the middle and toward the end, especially with the pandemic, but that ended on a high note, I think. And it was that outcome that we could not have expected to be so good at the end. And again, just a few short years ago, it looked like it was poised to stay that way.

Rebecca: Picking up on the thread of competition. One of the arguments that you make is that competition among higher education institutions has allowed them to effectively respond to challenging conditions and to better meet the demands of their stakeholders. Can you explain how competition among colleges has resulted in desirable outcomes in the period of declining state support?

Ian: Yeah, in a nutshell, competition forces universities and university administrators specifically to be responsive to the demands of stakeholders, whether that be students or faculty members or other administrative professionals, who are all competing in a giant market. So it’s an endorsement that I want to be careful about offering, because I’m not trying to offer a brief for unrestricted laissez faire, Adam Smith style capitalism. But as an historian of knowledge, when I look at the way universities have developed over centuries, going all the way back to ancient Greece and Rome, the city states of ancient Greece, going to the Middle Ages, where urban universities in Paris and Bologna and Oxford and Cambridge were competing with one another. The German Research universities of the 19th century: Berlin, Göttingen, Halle, Freiburg, Heidelberg, and then, of course, the state universities of the United States: Michigan, California, North Carolina, New York. They’re all driven by competition in a common cultural space, a common linguistic area, and that has been a dynamic that repeats itself over time. What I tried to do in the book was to really concretize that at an empirical level, to look at the ways that universities market themselves to students, to look at the ways that universities compete for faculty and try to give them working conditions and salaries that meet the demands of very highly trained professionals, that look at the necessities to provide student services and other fringe benefits and amenities that will bring both faculty, staff and students into being willing to relocate to these universities and work there for a time. And the long and short of it is that those mechanisms are, in themselves, sufficient to guarantee a high quality product, if you will, even apart from the regulation that state governments do to keep those universities true to their public mission. It’s not that the state regulation is entirely unwelcome, it’s that it’s sometimes counterproductive, and that it works best when states provide an overall guideline and, of course, as much funding as they can afford, and then let universities be responsive to their stakeholders. And so it’s the burden of the book to demonstrate, as empirically as I possibly can, the way that dynamic alone keeps universities true to their public missions, despite the fact that they seem more and more to be private consumer goods with a very high price tag attached. That’s a problem. We need to look at it. But it doesn’t undermine the public character of universities like ours.

John: A lot of faculty, though, are concerned that this sort of focus on competition or on corporate-style tactics can damage that public purpose that you’re referring to. But instead, you argue that the market pressure has strengthened this commitment to the public good. Could you elaborate a little bit on that part of the argument?

Ian: Sure, and I should say I started off the book, and I started off my administrative career, being one of those faculty who was irked, ticked off, skeptical of, cynical about, key performance indicators and brand management and the role of athletics and a lot of things that do clearly derive from a kind of corporate-style internal management. But I’ll give you two examples of internal management of universities where, despite the adoption of those tactics, the public mission, the commitment to knowledge, the commitment to teaching and research, was maintained, and one of them is kind of more of a pure positive and one of them’s more ambiguous, so it’s not like it’s all roses. Let me explain a bit. So there’s one chapter on… basically it tracks the student tuition dollar as it moves through the administration, and specifically what we call a budget model, a formulaic allocation of student tuition based on the number of credit hours and the number of majors and the number of degrees that any given department produces. And this is clearly a very capitalist type of system, the departments that compete for students that get those butts in seats. If you’ve ever been to a faculty meeting, you know that’s what the Deans want. It does feel very corporate, but what I try to show in very great detail is the way that those incentives: A) really do encourage departments to be responsive to student needs, to be in service to their stakeholders, but B) are counteracted by cross-subsidies that don’t simply steer dollars to whatever an institution-wide popularity contest run by undergraduate students dictates. There are decisions made as a part of that that balance, again, public goods and the pursuit of knowledge against the competition for budget dollars and satisfying consumer demand. The other example, and I devote another chapter of this book, is around research metrics, around efforts to measure research productivity, not only in terms of NSF and NIH federal grant dollars, but in terms of attempts to count and quantify the value of publishing an article or a book: how many readers does it get? How many citations does it get? How do I stack up relative to my colleagues? How does my department stack up? Can we measure something as complex and ineffable as creativity, as scholarly and scientific creativity, and there, as I mentioned earlier, the record is a little bit more ambiguous. Yes, in some ways, it really does help to not just trust that faculty are off thinking big thoughts in the lab or at the library, but there are ways in which there’s a limit to how much we can attempt to measure and to increase productivity and creativity by measuring things even more intensively, article citation counts, federal grant dollars, et cetera. But even in those cases, I argue these kind of quantifiable corporate-style performance metrics and indicators don’t undermine the fundamental commitments of faculty and administrators to do some version of what we’ve always done, which is to pursue knowledge for its own sake. So that’s what I would tell to my former self as a skeptical faculty member, and then to anyone else who might be coming into this wondering, I think rightly so, “How do these decisions get made in administrative conference rooms?”

Rebecca: I think maybe staying on the thread of faculty skeptics, [LAUGHTER] faculty often voice concerns that institutions are shutting down traditional liberal arts majors in the humanities and social sciences to focus more on STEM disciplines. You argue, though, that this is not a very cost-effective strategy given differences in education costs across disciplines. Can you talk a little bit about the cost difference between traditional liberal arts and the STEM disciplines and some of that decision making that’s happening.

Ian: Yeah, it’s a misconception that STEM disciplines are highly profitable and they kick off subsidies that then have to backstop the declining budgets of their poorer cousins in the arts and the humanities. It varies from institution to institution. But what I found in the case study that I used is a fairly widespread pattern whereby, in fact, if you look at the expenditures per credit hour delivered, it’s the natural sciences that run at a loss, if you want to adopt that kind of crude profit and loss, and it’s the social sciences, think those large introductory sociology lectures, for example, where you have one faculty member and a small team of graduate students generating 1000s of credit hours, those departments actually run a surplus, and that surplus within a college of arts and sciences often can be used to backstop the losses that are run in STEM disciplines. In that equation, as I found, at least in this case study, it was the arts and the humanities programs that more or less broke even. So from a sheer profit and loss perspective, if a trustee were to come to me and say, “We need to shut down all those departments that aren’t making money and steer money to the ones that are efficient and good,” they might be expecting a dean or the administrator to say, “Well, we need to keep the English department. We can’t just give all the money to the biology department,” when the answer might well be, “Well, we’re not going to close down the Biology department simply because they lose money, and we’re not going to reward the English department, simply because they’re so profitable an enterprise. We have other considerations at play.” The takeaway is, and this varies from institution to institution, it shouldn’t be surprising that STEM is more expensive, science is expensive, laboratories are expensive, equipment is expensive, and we should cross-subsidize that. It’s just not the case that the liberal arts run a loss. This is a whole separate conversation we can have. But another thing that we know is that liberal arts degrees pay off handsomely over a lifetime. If you are concerned about: “What can I do with a degree in liberal arts? Do I have to major in STEM or business?” The answer is no. If you major in STEM, yes, if you become a medical doctor or an engineer, you’re going to make a lot more money over your lifetime. That should be no surprise. But if you major in a humanities field or one of the humanistic social sciences, your lifetime earnings capacity is equal to, if not greater than, business, journalism, and indeed, many of the STEM fields, like biology.

John: And adding to that just a little bit, the probability of a student entering into a discipline and succeeding and graduating with a degree in that discipline is much higher in the humanities and social sciences than it is in many STEM fields, which is a separate issue that also needs to be addressed. I was at a meeting this morning where it was noted that the Department of Education is using College Scorecards that look at the earnings of new graduates based on their entering major, which is a bit troubling in a lot of ways, because, as you mentioned, the return to education is best measured by students’ lifetime earnings, and also students change majors quite often over the course of their college career. When you just look at the earnings of recent graduates, it’s a relatively poor predictor of lifetime earnings, because the earnings of college graduates rise quite a bit over time, and much of the gain from education comes from that more rapid rate of growth compared to high school graduates , which is perhaps related to another point that you made in the book, which was that political interventions are sometimes harmful when they get involved in the decision-making processes of institutions. Can you talk a little bit about that?

Ian: Absolutely, and maybe for the purposes of this question, I’ll set aside capital “P” politics, ideology, partisanship, the type of climate that we’re living through now, though I’m happy to come back to later. I would offer a few examples of small “p” politics, or even just policy-making interventions that, in most cases, are very well intentioned and driven by people who have all the best values at heart, and that still backfires. So return on investment, as you just mentioned, is one of them, what is the documented value of a college degree? And there’s so many methodological challenges there, from using your incoming major to using the first job that you get out of school. And there are as many counterintuitive stories in that area as there are ones that gratify your preconceived notions. So one that I’ve heard quoted a lot recently is that at the current moment in the job market, the unemployment rate for ethnic studies graduates is lower than the unemployment rate for computer science majors, because, for the time being, the bottom has dropped out of the computer science entry level field because of AI, and the ability to enter a profession where you deal with ethnic diversity is actually at a premium. So it’s really challenging methodologically to measure return on investment, much less to design incentives and mandates that universities have to adopt in order to deliver their education. So another large argument layered across the book is that more often than not, any attempt by well-intentioned state and federal policy makers to dictate how universities respond to their stakeholders, to scan their environment, to seize on opportunities, is likely to produce sub-optimal outcomes. And just very briefly, I can give you a couple of other examples, and we can delve in further. So a lot of states have experimented with performance incentives attached to particular outcomes that they want to incentivize, things like workforce development, things like the diversification of the graduating class, and a lot of times, those produce more bureaucratic compliance infrastructure than they do demonstrable results. In the book, for example, I look at the state where my prior institution was located, the case study for the book that understandably, at the time, wanted to incentivize state universities to graduate more underrepresented racial and ethnic minorities, and so they attached a $6,400 performance incentive to each institution to say, “Hey, you’re gonna get more money for serving these students. You can use some of that to stand up more services to help them out.” Well, in that particular case, it made much more sense to go recruit an out-of-state student who would pay much higher tuition. In this case, $9,000 instead of $6,400 because that would be in the financial interest of the institution. So despite the attempt to kind of play with these incentives, to steer and nudge a university in a particular way, it had the effect of not doing much to change the equation. All it did was to add another layer of complexity to the budgeting. A second example that I bring up is the way by which we accredit universities, another thing that’s very much in the news today and the whole mandate that all universities are under to conduct assessments of their general education and other curricula, to attempt to measure that which is arguably not measurable. How much do you learn in a given liberal arts course, or even over two or four years? All well intentioned, designed to document: Are we teaching what we claim to? Are our students learning what they need to? But in the book, this is one of the very few actual diatribes in what I hope is otherwise a fairly even-handed approach, I try to show that a lot of that assessment theater is just that, it doesn’t fulfill the policy or political objectives it aims to, and it only fetters universities even further.

Rebecca: How do we get around that? The idea that you have all these policies in place really because the spirit of what’s there is what’s important, but the outcomes are not there, and we’re just kind of like ticking boxes and not really doing what probably most people actually desire to do.

Ian: A year ago, I would have said it’s a devilish problem that needs to be tackled, like hacking back any other set of weeds, that we should go through with a very calibrated set of gardening tools and prune out the overgrowth. Through factors beyond our control, we’re in the middle of to switch metaphors to category five hurricane that is clearing out a lot of old practices, possibly including accreditation, possibly including the Department of Education, things we would have never wished for and will certainly come to regret in many ways, but that will have the effect of possibly clearing a lot of ground for us to rebuild in a more thoughtful way. And what I would like this book to do is to sort of illustrate why we need to build back better in a different way, and in a way that is much closer to the way we used to do the things before these bureaucracies became so overgrown, before these gardens of weeds became so thick and impenetrable.

John: One of the things you address in your book is the rising cost of tuition, which has long been a major concern of people concerned about the future of higher ed. And you refer to the Baumol disease, which suggests that the relative cost of higher ed is bound to increase. Could you give us a brief summary of the Baumol disease, because unfortunately, not everyone is familiar with that argument?

Ian: Yeah, and here I want to concede that this is very much not my own argument. It goes back to the late 1960s, but the classic example is a string quartet or a haircut, any good service or function that is performed by human beings that is difficult to automate, difficult to accelerate, difficult to optimize. You could increase your production of string quartets by playing Beethoven at six times the normal speed, but it’s going to sound pretty funny. You could speed up a haircut, deliver more haircuts in an hour, but I don’t think anyone wants those scissors flying at that high speed near their heads. So there’s certain things that you just cannot increase the productivity of, and higher education is one of them. We had an experiment, again, through the 2010s: Can online automate higher education, and again, the results seemingly have come back: “No, they can’t.” So in essence, the idea is that things that are highly labor intensive are going to experience higher rates of inflation than things that can, in fact, be automated, like automotive manufacturing or any number of other manufacturing processes, so that over time, you would only expect the relative cost of higher education to exceed the relative cost of manufactured or otherwise automated goods and services. And I think the point there to emphasize is that Baumol’s cost disease in higher education is as old as the golden age of higher education itself. It’s not only not a new problem, but it first arose and began to be noticed during the very decade that American higher education… call it a golden age, whatever… rose to international prominence. It is a feature and not a bug. It is an inescapable condition, not a disease that admits of an easy cure.

Rebecca: We’ve talked quite a bit about costs, and one of the issues that students certainly face is sometimes leaving college or a university without a degree, but still quite a bit of student loan debt. And this is certainly true for first-gen students, students from low-income households and students from historically minoritized groups. You’ve noted that the origin of these differences occurs [LAUGHTER] before students enter college. But what can colleges do to help reduce these equity gaps in outcomes?

Ian: So first of all, there’s pointing out that at a lot of public flagship institutions, including the case study in the book, the average debt for students who graduate with any debt at all is on the order of $20,000, or it was during the 2010s, which is not chump change, but as a debt to be paid off over a career is far less than most people’s mortgages. So even though debt is real, even though tuition has gone up, even though students and parents can’t afford, through a combination of grants and loans and financial aid and summer jobs, most middle class students can come out with a reasonable package afterwards. It’s also worth noting that some of the tuition increase that we saw in the 2010s, as I said earlier, had to compensate from declines in public state legislature funded expenses, and so was simply back-filling dollars that had been taken away by appropriations cuts, but particularly after the middle of the 2010s, after that gap was filled, some of that tuition money was plowed back into student services to elevate the quality of the experience and the support for everybody, and not just to make up for lost revenue. Now, there were a lot of critiques at the time of lazy rivers and climbing walls, if that rings a bell, that a lot of these extra tuitions and fees were plowed into fancy amenities to make student rec centers or dorms feel more like country clubs, and there were some instances of kind of waste, fraud, and abuse in that area, but in general, these monies were plowed into scholarships, into support services for first-gen, transfers, other underrepresented students, and before the recent restrictions placed on diversity, equity, and inclusion into programs that cater to specific racial and ethnic minorities. I do say in the book that there are distinct limits to the abilities of even the most well-intentioned and well-resourced higher education institutions to fully close those equity gaps, because, as we all know, by the time students arrive in college, they come from very diverse backgrounds, socioeconomically speaking, and in particular, K-12 education is both dramatically underfunded across the board and highly correlated with zip code, because it’s funded by property taxes. And I have a long session in the book, it’s a bit of a digression from higher education, but I felt it needed to be said, that it is our K-12 system, and frankly, our entire society, that underserves people who do not come from a middle class background, who cannot take on $20,000 of debt, give or take, and who come in from profound social, economic, psychological, cultural disadvantages that we cannot in higher education be fully expected to offset. And, if anything, a lot of the populist backlash we see against higher education is driven by that circumstance for reasons beyond our control and that aren’t our fault. There are huge numbers of people, white, black, brown, and otherwise, who are being. radically underserved by our public policies, who look at what they perceive as special treatment for ethnic and racial minorities by universities and wonder, why am I not getting that deal as well? It’s not the university’s fault for doing that. It’s the fact that we have left so many people behind. There’s a sentence in a book where I say, basically, universities and colleges are our welfare state. I’m a European historian. So in Britain, they have the National Health Service. In France, they have free childcare. In Germany, they have labor unions. In Scandinavia, they have a wall-to-wall set of services for everybody. We during the entire century, and in fact, the last two decades, after we began to dismantle the welfare state in the United States, have looked to higher education to counteract all the deficits in education, health care, unemployment, poverty abatement, you name it. And that’s admittedly a very long answer to your question that takes us very far afield, but I wanted to do what I could in the book to put that equity gap question into a really larger political and policy context.

John: There’s a lot more we can do at all levels to address those issues that we haven’t been. But let’s go back to an earlier topic, where you mentioned online education a couple of times. Was that really a very effective test of online education when we went online during COVID? Or was that a test of what happens when you have a lot of people who were unprepared to either take online courses or unprepared to teach online courses, who were suddenly thrust into an environment at a fairly challenging time, and it was a failure pretty much every way in which we could measure it. But there have been some studies that have found that prior to that point, online education did result in outcomes that were consistent with, or in the case of hybrid instruction, superior to those in terms of some assessments of learning, at least. Perhaps is the criticism of online instruction a bit overdone in general in society as a result of the experience of the pandemic?

Ian: The short answer is yes, I couldn’t agree more. I think that, if anything, the pandemic soured a lot of faculty and students on what had been and still could be a very promising set of pedagogies. I think the long and short of it was that, yes, we did learn that we preferred to be back in person, that probably would remain true even had we had time to prepare the best online pedagogy as possible. But the fact that we all rushed into it meant that we all did some version of a bad job, and I speak of myself and probably everyone else who had to learn these things very quickly. What surprised and disappointed me was that the reaction against online was so severe coming out. And I know that different institutions have had different trajectories, but at my prior institution, and also at UNC Chapel Hill, the moment that the pandemic was over, it was like, “Thank God, now we can go back to butts in seats,” [LAUGHTER] and we know that’s not the answer either. So I’m hoping that a couple years out, we were thrown in the deep end, into a very cold pool of water, and naturally we wanted to get right back out again. The silver lining is we’d learned that we could sort of swim, we could dog paddle, or at least keep our heads above water. Maybe now let’s go back and learn the butterfly stroke. Maybe let’s invest in online and particularly hybrid or HyFlex modalities that I think have enormous benefits. Some students learn better online. A lot of students would for reasons of convenience. They have jobs, they have other things to schedule. At UNC Chapel Hill, we’re growing the size of the undergraduate population, but we’re constricted by a very antiquated campus. Can we move some of those classes online so that we don’t have to build more classrooms? Any number of reasons to, I think, reopen the experiment on online education. I would say, in general, this is something I wish I’d developed more in the book, but I’ve been thinking about ever since, there are a lot of experiments in teaching that we were really excited about in the 2010s that came to a crashing halt during the pandemic, and it’s high time to sort of dust those off and make another run at the ones that at least were most promising.

Rebecca: So higher education institutions today are facing all kinds of new challenges related to, I think, what you would call, maybe the capital “P” of politics on higher education institutions and expertise more generally. We’ve got the enrollment cliff and a decline in the perceived value of higher education by a large share of the population. What advice would you provide to higher education administrators in addressing these and all these other new challenges.

Ian: Great question, and maybe I’ll disaggregate what I think are the real threats from the ones that are serious but not existential. So the enrollment cliff, for example, that’s real, We know that and different institutions are experiencing that differently. Flagships generally have the first pick of students, so even in states where the demographics are softening, they can still make their classes. Other institutions may have difficulty filling their classes in the first place, or at least filling them with qualified students. One lesson, and I don’t mean to be glib here, is that those challenges are a known unknown. They’re of the same kind, even if not the same degree, as we experienced in the 2010s in other circumstances. So I have a lot of faith in institutions to ride out that type of change. It won’t be easy, it will certainly be painful. It will cause layoffs and gnashing of teeth, but institutions are resilient, and one of the lessons of the book is like we can take a lot of blows of that nature. I’d also push back on the narrative that higher education has experienced a decline in perceived value. I think there have been political attacks that are very ideologically motivated, but if you ask the average parent or student whether college is worthwhile, not only as an investment, but as a life experience, most of them will say yes. To me, there’s a huge disconnect. I never run into students or parents who say, “I’m not coming to university because it’s full of woke crusaders.” I mean, they may believe that to be the case, but it doesn’t cause them not to sign up. [LAUGHTER] And in fact, I would argue it’s just not the case to begin with. So we’re experiencing a political crisis, rather than a crisis in public opinion. There are some good stories that are concerning that the value of a college degree in purely economic terms is softening, but that may be because the value of college type of skills, you know, being a welder or a plumber is experiencing a renaissance, or at least a rediscovery. That’s a good thing if we don’t have to require every student to go to college for four years, because it’s not for everybody. We should really help people, whatever their skills are. So that leaves the last bit, which is political attacks, and that’s where I’ve begun to feel that we really are at a different universe from the one we were in as recently as I would say, 2023. I was finalizing the conclusion of this chapter. I believe it was… well, early 2024 when we had the first round of congressional hearings into the war in Gaza and some of the flickers of McCarthyism that have since blossomed into a full on conflagration. And that’s not to take a stance on the war or on the prevalence of anti- semitism, but just to say that already, before the current administration came into power, there were indications that we are entering a new phase of McCarthyism, and I’m not a scholar of McCarthyism, but I feel like we are certainly well beyond that now, in the same sense that the wider scandals and crises engulfing our federal political system exceed Watergate by an order of magnitude. So I have to sort of live in this tension, as I’m sure all of you who are listening do as well. In my day-to-day life, I feel like I’m living in truth. Life goes on. Universities are wondrous things. They’re factories of goodness. And then I read in the papers outlandish attacks on things that are either being blown all out of proportion or are simply false. And all I can say from kind of my position in the trenches is that I’m going to try to save as much as I can for as long as I can, and try to let go where I can’t affect the wider discourse. For example, this is public, so I’m not divulging anything, and certainly not concealing anything either. There are a lot of state and federal mandates in the past year to eliminate DEI from the curriculum with no definition of what DEI even means. And so in a lot of meetings I have been in, and that’s true of many others, you’re trying to interpret a mandate that literally makes no sense. You know what’s behind it, but you don’t know how to respond to it. What does an executive order signed by the President of the United States really compel us to do and it’s unclear what direction we’re headed in. I don’t want to be pollyannish. I do think the lesson of the book was certainly the 2010s were a crisis, and we survived that crisis well. History never repeats itself exactly. So we could look back on the 2020s and say, “Well, we survived that too. We were steeled for what came after us by what already had come after us before. We had our muscles worked up.” Or this could be the end. [LAUGHTER] This could be the end of American civilization as we know it, or anything on the spectrum in between. It’s really impossible for me to say at this moment.

Rebecca: Well, we always wrap up by asking, what’s next?

Ian: Yeah, so what I want to do is continue in two veins. One, I would love to do more advocacy and public communication of the sort we’re doing right now on this podcast. I hope people read the book, obviously, but I would love for it to become a platform for me to continue sort of speaking from the perspective of a faculty administrator working in the trenches and about all the good things that are going on in higher ed, despite the headlines we see. And so the second piece of it is to continue doing the work. I mentioned at the very beginning II did admin for a decade, I took a sabbatical, I wrote the book, then I moved to UNC Chapel Hill, doing a very similar version of the job I’d done before, because I just love this stuff, and if anything, I want more faculty to discover the pleasures of serving students, serving the research mission, doing the work in the trenches. It’s not always glamorous, but I will say, it’s the first time I’ve ever used my liberal arts degree as a liberal arts degree. I majored in history, and I got a vocational degree in history because I became a history professor, and it was only in doing administration that I realized that I have transferable skills that I learned from that that apply to whatever I wake up in the morning, and it’s a new problem I’ve never seen before, and I have to figure out. So when I sell the liberal arts to students and to parents, I say like “I discovered this late in life, when I was in my 40s, you shouldn’t have to wait that long.” But I guess the short answer to “what’s next?” is I’m going to keep on keeping on, and I hope that whether you’re a faculty member or a staff member or administrator in higher ed listening to this, you’ll do the same and discover more opportunities to network. And if you’re not in our world and you’re a little bit concerned about what’s going on, rise to our defense, advocate for us, or at least don’t leap to conclusions about what’s happening based on what you read in the papers. 99.8% of what’s happening in any public or private college or university in the United States is a good thing, full stop, and the more of it we can offer to more people, the better.

John: And I very much appreciated reading your book at a time when I was somewhat dismayed about the prospects for higher ed, the fact that we’ve come through some very significant challenges and actually made some substantial improvements in the role that higher ed plays in serving the public good, was very encouraging as a message.

Ian: Thank you. I have to read my own book for the same reason, because [LAUGHTER] it could get kind of challenging sometimes.

Rebecca: Sounds like an important one to have on the shelf, then, right? [LAUGHTER]

Ian: Well, the irony is, I couldn’t have planned this better. As you may have noticed, the University Unfettered is published by Columbia University Press, and I’ve been joking that this is the most outrageous publicity stunt in the history of publishing, because the whole thing around Columbia has just been manufactured to make my book look good. If only that were the case. [LAUGHTER]

John: If it sells well enough, maybe it can pay off the bribe they had to make in order to continue their existence.

Ian: I’m expecting at least $200 million in royalties from this. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: Well, thanks for joining us. It was a pleasure to chat with you.

Ian: Yeah, thanks for having me. I really appreciate it.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

403. Of Many Minds

Since the pandemic, universities have focused attention on student mental health. In this episode, Rebecca Pope-Ruark and Lee Skallerup Bassette join us to discuss faculty and staff mental health and wellbeing.

Rebecca is the Director of Faculty Professional Development at the Georgia Institute of Technology.  She has 17 years of experience teaching undergraduates and is a Certified Scrum Master and design thinking workshop facilitator, an ICF-certified coach, and the host of The Agile Academic podcast. Rebecca is the author of Unraveling Faculty Burnout: Pathways to Reckoning and Renewal and the coeditor of Redesigning Liberal Education: Innovative Design for a Twenty-First-Century Undergraduate Education. Lee is the Assistant Director of Digital Learning at Georgetown University and is a regular contributor to Inside Higher Ed, The Chronicle of Higher Education, and ProfHacker. She is also the editor of Affective Labor and Alt-AC Careers and co-hosts the All Things ADHD podcast. Rebecca and Lee are editors of: Of Many Minds: Neurodiversity and Mental Health Among University Faculty and Staff, which is scheduled for release later this summer.

Show Notes

  • Pope-Ruark, R., Bessette, L. S. (2025). Of Many Minds: Neurodiversity and Mental Health Among University Faculty and Staff. Johns Hopkins University Press.
  • The Agile Academic podcast
  • Pope-Ruark, R. (2022). Unraveling faculty burnout: Pathways to reckoning and renewal. JHU Press.
  • Moner William; Motley, Phillip; Pope-Ruark, Rebecca; and Roth, M. S. eds. (2020). Redesigning liberal education: Innovative design for a twenty-first-century undergraduate education. JHU Press.
  • Bessette, L. S. (Ed.). (2022). Affective Labor and Alt-Ac Careers. University Press of Kansas.
  • All the Things ADHD podcast
  • ProPublica series on mental health: America’s Mental Barrier

Transcript

John: Since the pandemic, universities have focused attention on student mental health. In this episode, we shift the focus to faculty and staff mental health and wellbeing.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca Our guests today are Rebecca Pope-Ruark and Lee Skallerup Bassette. Rebecca is the Director of Faculty Professional Development at the Georgia Institute of Technology. She has 17 years of experience teaching undergraduates and is a Certified Scrum Master and design thinking workshop facilitator, an ICF-certified coach, and the host of The Agile Academic podcast. Rebecca is the author of Unraveling Faculty Burnout: Pathways to Reckoning and Renewal and the coeditor of Redesigning Liberal Education: Innovative Design for a Twenty-First-Century Undergraduate Education. Lee is the Assistant Director of Digital Learning at Georgetown University and is a regular contributor to Inside Higher Ed, The Chronicle of Higher Education, and ProfHacker. She is also the editor of Affective Labor and Alt-AC Careers and co-hosts the All Things ADHD podcast. Rebecca and Lee are editors of: Of Many Minds: Neurodiversity and Mental Health Among University Faculty and Staff, which is scheduled for release later this summer. Welcome Lee and welcome back, Rebecca.

Rebecca P Thank you for having us.

Lee Yeah, thanks so much.

John: Our teas today are: Rebecca, are you drinking tea today?

Rebecca P I am drinking a Starbucks iced black tea lemonade, and enjoying it quite a lot.

Rebecca A good way to start the summer.

John: And Lee?

Lee This is a Mango Maui iced tea. Well, I made it into an iced tea, but this is a Mango Maui herbal tea.

Rebecca Sounds interesting.

John: And Rebecca?

Rebecca I’m drinking English tea time this afternoon, John.

John: Very good. And I am drinking an oolong tea today.

Rebecca So we invited you here today to discuss Of Many Minds. Could you tell us a little bit about the origin story of the book?

Rebecca P Sure. I’ll take that one. In 2020 through about 2022 I was working on a book on faculty burnout, and that book came out in November of 2022 and as I was researching that book, I was talking to a lot of people who had a lot of stories about their own wellbeing and their own mental health and how that connected to the burnout stories that they were telling me. And it was a big part of my journey as I was experiencing burnout as well. And we were going through a period of time in the midst of COVID where, of course we were spending a lot of energy and a lot of time thinking about student wellbeing, obviously. And we were starting to question, what about faculty and staff wellbeing at the same time? So that led into some conversations with some folks, and eventually hooking up with Lee and proposing this collection. It was originally going to be stories and critiques, and by the time we started getting the stories and the stories were just so powerful that we decided to just go with the first-person essays.

John: How did you select the essays for this book?

Lee We put out a call in our various social media networks, spread the word. Again, it really helped Rebecca having a book out on burnout, and myself having a podcast about having ADHD, so we were able to really spread the word about it, and then really we just wanted to honor the authors of the stories. The selection process was very much a labor of respect in terms of ensuring that the stories were told in such a way that was authentic to the person telling it, and in a respectful way, and that were relevant for our readers. To give an example, there’s an essay that we kind of call a bonus essay at the end, which is one of the few that gave advice. It was a little bit more student facing, but certainly was advice that you could give to anyone, and we really thought it was important. And so even though it didn’t fit into buckets that we had set up to section off the book, we were like, this is still an important piece, and this is an important perspective, and so we’re going to find a way to include it. And so it was really with the attitude of inclusivity as well that we wanted to be as inclusive and expansive as possible when it came to the variety of voices that we published.

Rebecca To help frame our conversation, can you define neurodiversity for us?

Lee No. [LAUGHTER] So, neurodiversity is… there’s some debate on it, and in the introduction to our book, we tried to keep it as expansive as possible. And so we, for our purposes, included mental illness. We included cognitive disabilities. We considered mental health and any kind of diagnosis, either self diagnosed or officially diagnosed. So we have stories from bipolar, autism and ADHD, depression, PTSD, anxiety. I know I’m missing some, it’s not an exhaustive list. We really wanted to be as expansive as possible and inclusive as possible in our definition of neurodiversity. Some people will say that mental health issues might not be considered a part of that, and it is limited to things like ADHD, dyslexia, and even then, sometimes dyslexia isn’t neurodiverse, it’s a learning disability. So again, there’s a lot of debate, and we just wanted to say that if your brain works a little different, be it on a social level, on an emotional level, on a cognitive level, on all three levels, we want to hear your stories.

Rebecca P And that’s where the title came from, too, the Of Many Minds piece. We feel like we focus so much on the logical aspects of our minds, but there are so many other elements that we bring into our workplaces and into our lives that we wanted to make sure those were represented well.

John: What are some of the most common types of mental health issues or mental illness that faculty have been experiencing, whether at increased rates or being more willing to vocalize the existence of mental health issues, which used to be much more hidden.

Lee One of the things is that, particularly this book, brings up and Rebecca had previously published a book on burnout and burnout stories, and what this particular book brought to light is in a lot of cases, the depression, the burnout, the anxiety that the people who were telling their stories eventually came to realize is that the reason they were depressed, the reason that they were burned out, the reason that they were anxious was either because of a diagnosed or, very often, undiagnosed condition, such as ADHD, such as bipolar, such as PTSD, such as ADHD. And so in their efforts to try to mask, in their efforts to try and fit in, in their efforts to try and appear normal, quote, unquote, normal, they were putting such stress on themselves that that led to other conditions coming up, and it was very often the depression, the burnout, high levels of anxiety, that led them to seek help, and that help led to the diagnoses very often. Not that it wasn’t a universal experience when the people tell these stories, some of them, they knew the diagnosis and tried to push through anyways, because ableism is a hell of a drug. But for the most part, for these stories, for those people who are neurodiverse in higher education, a lot of the mental health issues stemmed from their attempts to mask whatever other neurodiverse condition or conditions they happen to have.

Rebecca P And a lot of people were finding out or starting to think about themselves and the way they process things in different ways when they had their children being diagnosed. They would talk about that being kind of the start of their story or their journey, or students coming to them and then realizing that they have some of the similar characteristics with the student accommodations, or could benefit from some of those accommodations as well. So it really crosses the board, which is, again, why we wanted to have such a wide spectrum of folks. We’ve got a variety of folks with different autism diagnoses as well as ADHD, CPTSD, those kinds of things, OCD, a lot of acronyms…

Lee Yeah.

Rebecca P …but they were coming from this perspective of feeling like what’s going on, what’s happening, and how do I process this? And it’s those stigmas and that masking can be so exhausting that it can lead to things like burnout. So having the diagnosis, or even a self diagnosis, becomes a real turning point for many of our contributors who speak about their diagnosis or the path to diagnosis, and what that allowed and unlocked for them after being diagnosed.

Rebecca You started hinting at some of these things, but can you describe some of the challenges facing neurodiverse faculty and faculty that are experiencing mental illness?

Rebecca P So I think the biggest issue a lot of folks with neurodivergence or mental illness in higher ed face is really related to stigma. So it’s not an internal issue, it’s an external issue in a lot of ways. So they’re facing these preconceived notions about what an academic should be, or what someone who works in higher education should quote, unquote, be, and they’re coming in as their authentic selves and feeling like they really can’t be those authentic selves. So they end up spending all that energy masking. They spend all that energy trying to hide who they are and not participating in the ways that they want to, and often when they try to… we have several stories in there that really talk about folks who really tried to do some advocacy work around these issues, and were kind of shut down in different ways. So folks in higher ed weren’t really listening or weren’t open to these conversations. I think a lot of faculty have preconceived notions about what students bring accommodations in for and may have some negative perceptions that way, and those translate into their perceptions, potentially, of colleagues who exhibit some similar behaviors or mindsets.

Lee I think part of it is, and I write about this in the conclusion, is how we understand professionalism, and there’s stigma, but then there’s also stereotype, and there’s this idea of professionalism. And it is incredible the number of contributors who, due to stigma, described the ideal professor: white, older, male, upper class, married, hetero, all of that kind of stuff. And so it’s not just the people who are neurodivergent who have this kind of idea and thus a stigma attached to them, it’s also our colleagues in higher education who have this idea of what an academic should look like, or how they should behave, or how productive they should be, and what that productivity should look like. And one of the ones that has stayed with me is one of the essays was about someone who was denied promotion because they didn’t socialize enough with the department, and so they were like, “We’re not sure if you’re really invested and a part of this community,” and this was somebody whose neurodivergent condition absolutely exhausted them at the end of the day of socializing with students, socializing with colleagues in the hallways, doing everything they needed to do, which they understood. It wasn’t really masking, but it was just like this takes up so much of my energy that there is literally nothing left for me to be able to go out afterwards. And they describe the process of going home, turning off all the lights, and just being and being able to recharge, but that… it’s not even an accommodation. It’s just like we expect you, like a good colleague, a professional colleague looks like somebody who comes out for dinner and drinks with people at least once a week and comes to all of the after hours activities that we do. So we’ve all internalized this idea of what a productive professional looks like in higher education, and any sort of deviation from that is… the case that I’ve given is probably one of the more severe, was punished. And that adds to the stress, and that adds to the feelings of alienation, and that adds to depression and anxiety and burnout.

John: And we’re living in somewhat interesting times, going back to the pandemic, the rise of faculty burnout, as we’ve talked about earlier, and we’re in an environment where there’s not a lot of support at the federal level, for a higher education in general, in fact, it’s being outright attacked in many ways. Might all of that help create an environment where perhaps anxiety, stress, and depression might be normalized, as well as with the rise of contingent faculty, where many, many faculty members are trying to do many more things than ever before, than in earlier periods when we had a larger proportion of tenured faculty with perhaps fewer demands placed on their time.

Rebecca P Yeah, I think there are a couple of things going on there. I think that we’ve got pandemic, we’ve got racial injustice, we’ve got AI, then we’ve got the White House right now, it’s what else could blow up? Don’t put that out there in the universe, but it has been kind of a collective trauma for years for everyone. And if you’re spending a lot of energy fighting stigma, fighting stereotype, masking, you don’t have a lot of energy left for fighting the good fight in a lot of ways, so you have to take care of yourself as well. So I think we are in a high anxiety…. obviously, we haven’t seen the statistics yet, but we can estimate that things like burnout and anxiety and depression are probably going to go through the roof right now for a lot of people, and there’s a lot of anxiety attached to that. And then you factor in other differences, and it becomes even more stressful. So how do they do that? And we can factor in the workload level of folks who are tenured, non-tenure track, adjunct. There’s a lot of neoliberal sentiment in the way we look at higher education these days, and how we perform in education these days, what is measured, and I think that becomes really challenging for folks who have different cognitive processing or another issue that might help in other ways to alleviate some of that anxiety. It’s difficult to figure out how to get your way in and out of that anxiety.

Lee Yeah, and this was probably one of the hardest parts, is how to conclude this book. What kind of advice should we give? And it varies as like: dismantle ableism? remove stigma? It’s all very high level structural issues, as you said, have better federal support for mental health treatment. There was just a… I think it was ProPublica did it, but I just saw that insurance companies are willfully making it more difficult to access mental health services, to keep the costs down. So it really is these individual stories within a much larger societal system that is working very hard against, not just neurodiverse folks, like at this point, it’s everyone. A friend of mine used to put it that the neurodiverse and the disabled folk are the canary in the coal mine, that if it’s hitting us, it’s going to hit the rest of y’all soon. In terms of being able to say, “uhhh, it’s hopeless,” because it’s not, and if it was hopeless, then we wouldn’t take the time and the effort and the energy to edit a book like this, that there’s power in sharing people’s stories. There’s power in gathering folks together around these kinds of stories, to start conversations within your academic unit, within your center, within your team, around these kinds of issues to be able to then start addressing them, where we might not be able to dismantle systemic ableism, but we certainly can make it better for the handful of individuals that we have direct impact on, and you hope that that grows from there.

Rebecca P Yeah, and those first-person perspectives are so important in this case. The stories are just so powerful that you really just have to sit with them and really think about, how have you participated in this process or in this social structure, and what do we do in higher education to be the open system and the place where everyone is welcome? There’s a lot of characteristics of higher education that fit very well for neurodivergent folks, but there are also just large scale ableism and sexism and things like that can cause these huge gaps in participation. So there’s some big challenges there, but we’re hoping that this is one step in getting people to kind of really understand from a first-person perspective what other people’s lives are like in our disciplines that are in our industry, and move from there into conversation.

Rebecca I think a lot about higher education’s initiatives to promote things like inclusive teaching, inclusive pedagogy, and Universal Design for Learning, and other ways to establish inclusive environments for a wide variety of students. But what are some of the ways that we can improve the environment for our diverse faculty, our neurodiverse faculty, our faculty experiencing mental illness, to really think about inclusion in this other space, and not just around students.

Lee I think one of the ways is to be able to talk about removing stigma. We probably all experienced this during the pandemic or even afterwards, and maybe even still now, where it’s like, “make sure you’re taking your breaks, make sure you’re taking your time off,” but then when you do, you’re made to feel bad about it. And so, again, one of the stories talked about they had to take a medical leave due to mental health struggles, and nobody talked to them, nobody offered meal trains for them, and they were contrasting their experience with their colleague who had to take a leave because they had cancer, and that this was kind of acceptable, but it was just really stark. And again, it’s a very stark example of ways that we treat mental health differently than physical health, very often, that if you get really sick in a way that we recognize, there is a community that forms around you, if you get sick in a way that is not recognizable… and Rebecca, you talk about this too, around how so much of our professional identity is around our brains. When something goes wrong with your brain, it almost feels like, well, we don’t want to catch that, right? or we don’t want to deal with that or we don’t want to deal with that reality and confront that reality. So that’s one of the ways, is that it is just treat it like any other illness, as you would treat it for faculty. Now, the flip side of that is that some places don’t treat physical illness [LAUGHTER] very well and make you feel bad if you take any sort of sick leave, parental leave, any of that kind of stuff. But the other way is, for me, is just having open conversations in ways where, when thinking through, how do you work best? And again, at least tenured faculty and tenured faculty tend to have a lot of flexibility in their schedule. I prefer to teach in the afternoons and evenings because it takes me two hours to get started in the morning, or I can’t teach in the evenings because I’m so burned out from the day no matter what, that seven o’clock at night is a problem. We think of universal design. How are we expected to participate in meetings? My podcast co-host, she always says, “I can either look like I’m paying attention in a meeting, or I can actually be paying attention in a meeting, because the process of looking like I’m paying attention in the meeting takes all of my cognitive energy, and therefore I actually have retained absolutely nothing of what was discussed in this meeting.” So again, having those conversations, asking the questions, not jumping to assumptions around. “Oh well, they’re not listening because they’re staring out the window or doodling,” or they can’t come to the social events or any of these kinds of things, so that there aren’t these assumptions that are made, but instead open conversations that are had.

Rebecca P One of our contributors talks about trying to get mental health and neurodiversity included in the inclusion work that was happening on their campus, and really trying to be an advocate for that, getting on all the DEI committees that this person could get onto, trying to form kind of an autism community employee research group at their institution, and really just being kind of fought for that. He was fighting for it, but he was getting a lot of pushback, that it was very difficult for people to think about inclusion in that sense. So we need to broaden what we’re thinking when we think about inclusion, to make sure that we are including difference of all sorts, which includes mental health and neurodiversity as well.

John: And as you noted, a lot of people have been diagnosed later in life with being on the spectrum or with ADHD or other issues. Is that something, perhaps, they should share with a colleague, so that their colleagues can better understand why they don’t fit in, combined with more institutional support, perhaps, for just general training on neurodiversity, because as faculty learn more about the behavior of individuals who are on the spectrum or who have ADHD, it might make it a lot easier for removing some of that stigma, maybe.

Lee Maybe, well, and that’s always the danger. We know, and again, through the stories, there are, as you said, institutions that were very resistant to these kinds of things. There are other institutions and colleagues who were very accepting, but often even talking about it didn’t help, because the people on the other side of the conversation were not interested in having a conversation, were not receptive to these things. So I think that that is “yes, talk about it,” but be careful. Again, there’s this idea of protecting yourself, where you probably know your institution, your department, your units’ politics best and if disclosure is something that might be, at best, ignored and at worst, punished, because that is always the risk. It’s particularly for contingent, particularly for staff, and even we had tenured folks where it got so bad that they gave up their tenured positions. As an individual, yes, it feels so good to get the diagnosis, but then the acceptance more broadly of that diagnosis [LAUGHTER] is not always a wonderful experience, unfortunately, and that’s why I think it’s that being open to have conversations and listening and unpacking those biases that you have, and those stigmas, those are the important things. So if somebody does come and say, “I just got an ADHD diagnosis, I just was diagnosed with PTSD, and this explains X, Y and Z in terms of what’s been happening with me,” to be able to listen and to hear it, and then to move forward in productive ways.

Rebecca It can be really difficult for faculty to find community in these spaces when you have to decide to disclose, who to disclose to, and then does that lead to maybe meeting some other folks who have disclosed or allies to kind of form a coalition so it is easier to speak out and to advocate when there’s numbers, [LAUGHTER] when you’re not just alone, but it’s hard for faculty to find those connections, because there is so much masking that has to happen to feel protected in your position.

Lee Well. It also speaks to the silos that tend to exist in higher education as well. How many faculty, again, depends on the size of your campus, obviously, but we tend to get it’s like, “our department is the university,” and so maybe your college, depending on how big or small your college is, but if you’re like the College of Arts and Sciences, it’s sort of like, “well, I’ve got my department and maybe a couple of colleagues who are studying something related, and I’m a humanities person.” So it’s like over in history, or maybe over in religion or that, but mostly it’s like, you know the people in your department. And so, even for neurotypical, the challenge of belonging is that if you don’t belong in your department, there’s very little effort to help you belong within the larger institution, very often as faculty, which is also why contingent faculty tend to feel so disconnected, is because the primary point of belonging is the department, and depending on the department, most of them make it very clear that contingent faculty are not a part of the community and that they are not welcome. So there’s that added challenge as well, of like, how do you even go about finding community outside of your academic discipline?

Rebecca P Yeah, and I think too, following that even further, that you get to the point where “do I disclose so that I can belong? Is that coming out process part of advocacy now? Do I now have to be the advocate for this?” And maybe you just want to belong in your institution. You just want to belong in your department. You don’t necessarily don’t necessarily want to have that advocacy role. We kind of expect it of people when they disclose and we don’t necessarily want to be forcing that onto someone.

Rebecca I think that’s why it’s really important for those who are comfortable speaking out and advocating, whether you have a diagnosis or you’re neurotypical or whatever, that those that are comfortable or in spaces or in positions of power that can speak out, it’s important to help move a culture in a space. Can you provide some advice for educational developers, instructional designers, etc, folks that are maybe doing some professional development work on campus, on how to support neurodiversity and faculty who might identify as having a mental illness or might be having mental health challenges? What should we be doing?

Rebecca P I think the first step is learning. I think there’s reading to be done. There are resources to be accessing so that you have a sense of what folks are up against. Our book contributes to that by giving you some first-person narratives to have conversations around, so you don’t necessarily feel like you’re calling people out in your space. You can talk about these cases. So I mean, I really hope it gets picked up as a book club piece for a lot of places, so that they can have those conversations around this. But it’s gonna take some additional learning, and maybe that’s training. Maybe that’s just some good reading about these topics. Maybe it’s a Coursera class or something about understanding neurodivergence, but I think there’s learning to be done for all of us in conversation and in the research that’s out there.

Lee Yeah, and I think that the thing that works against all of us in all of this is just time. My advice is time and patience, because even then, you can do all the reading on ADHD, you can do all the reading on autism, you can do all the reading on depression or PTSD, but it’s going to be different in every single person. Again, on our podcast, All the Things ADHD, my co-host and I have a joke, or we’ll say to each other, “it wouldn’t surprise you to know that my experience is completely different,” or “that thing that helps you sounds like my nightmare.” And so it’s really being able to take the time and that openness to be able to say, “Okay, what do you need from me? How can I help?” And some of that is really also gaining a self awareness. Part of it is the diagnosis, and then accepting it and just being like, “Okay, I need to figure out what works for me now,” rather than trying to make everything that everyone says should work for me, work for me. So it’s fairly typical. I give an example, Right now we’re working on getting ready to launch all the summer online courses, and so I’m a learning designer, I’m working with faculty. I have a grad student working with me as well in building these courses. I’m fine for 95% of it, but the last 5%, I struggle to get that last 5% done. “Add the captions to this video,” to me is more daunting than “build this course.” And so, as an awareness, I have to be very clear with the people I’m working with, and I’m sorry if I keep repeating myself, but I have this to do list, and I want to make sure that I really get in and understand it, so that I do it, because these are the things that I struggle with, and it’s really hard for us to talk about the things that we struggle with. We are supposed to be experts, particularly in higher education. We are supposed to be the subject matter experts, the knowledgeable ones. And so to kind of admit fallibility and to say these are the things that I need help with, and then to be able to ask for them. And so I think it’s a two-way street in that like, ask them what they need. And if it’s an unconventional ask, don’t just scoff at it, probe it a little bit. But on the other side, try to ask for what you need. Try to figure out what it is you need, that if you’re bad at that last 5% don’t just tell the Learning Designer, okay, yeah, no, I got this last 5% be like, “No, I’m like, Could you do the captioning?” Again, there might be stuff in contracts and all unions, but if we’re having these conversations, if we gain an awareness ourselves about what we need, and then we are greeted with an openness to hear those needs that makes such a huge difference in terms of productivity, if we want to reduce it to that, but just in terms of the experience being a more pleasant one.

Rebecca I think this conversation really pokes at a lot of things that need to be discussed in our campuses, and we need to lead some of these conversations to get the word out. And your book might be a really great platform to do that through a reading group. Can you tease a little bit more about some of the specific topics that are addressed in some of the essays?

Rebecca P Oh, goodness, it’s such a wide spectrum, like we’ve mentioned, we’ve got folks different places on the autism spectrum, ADHD, anxiety, depression, all kinds of folks who really are coming from all over the corners of higher education. So it’s really well represented. You’ll be able to find someone that you can connect with in the reading of these stories. And we have some sections around masking. We have a section around stigma, specifically, we have a section around higher education structures that can exacerbate for folks these experiences. So there’s just so much to draw from that you’ll find someone that you connect to or that you maybe see yourself reflected in.

Lee There’s also a lot of other kinds of intersectionality, talking about gender, talking about sexuality, talking about race, and so those are also in there, and they are linked in terms of the ways that, how can you tease out: Is this because I am visibly queer, or is this because I am autistic? Is this because I am a woman in higher education, or is this because I have ADHD? Again, all of these things come up as well, and so this is also an opportunity to really start those conversations on a more broader definition of inclusivity, because it isn’t always just only one.

John: We always end with the question, what’s next?

Rebecca P What’s next? Well, the book will come out. [LAUGHTER] Yay! So we hope to be having lots of conversations with different groups of faculty around the country about that book, especially if it gets picked up and read. So we’re looking forward to that. I personally am currently working on a book about women’s leadership and burnout in higher education. So that’s my project for the rest of the year.

Lee Yeah, the book is coming out in August, and so we wanted to take the opportunity over the summer, when things calm down a bit, to talk about, do we want to do a podcast where we have some of the contributors come on who are willing to talk a little bit more about their essays, answer these questions, and so we can put up a website, all kinds of fun stuff that right now I just can’t think about. No more spoons, as they say, there are no more spoons for that. Hopefully it will spark conversations. Hopefully we will be able to go and Zoom in to campuses to talk about these experiences. Hopefully other neurodiverse faculty will feel empowered to come forward with their own stories as well. And you hope that this creates more opportunities for conversation, more opportunities for storytelling, more opportunities for connection in all of those kinds of ways where we’ve opened the door a crack. It is really only just a beginning, but hopefully it just starts something that other people can take up and keep going with in terms of their own. People always ask us, like, “is there a campus that’s done it really well?” And we’re like, “No, not really, no.” And so what you hope is, in 5, 10 years, because academia moves slow, but that’s fine, we will have examples of institutions that are doing it very well, that will have case studies for this and models that other institutions can emulate. And so again, like there’s what we hope comes next is: “Here’s a starting point. Go forward with this and create. Feel empowered, feel creative, feel less alone and go in and in small ways, make things better.”

John: Well, thank you. I’m very much looking forward to reading your book when it comes out in August, and it’s an area that all institutions can do better with, and all faculty perhaps can do better with, in terms of creating a more supportive environment for everyone.

Lee Definitely.

Rebecca This is a great project, and we’re looking forward to your future projects as well.

Rebecca Thank you so much.

Lee Thank you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

402. Preparing for Title II

Updates to Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act regulations require public colleges to increase their efforts to ensure that digital content meets accessibility standards. In this episode, Sean Moriarty joins us to discuss strategies to foster a culture of access across an institution. Sean is the Chief Technology Officer at SUNY Oswego. Sean and Rebecca have worked collaboratively on digital accessibility initiatives at SUNY Oswego since 2017

Show Notes

Transcript

John: Updates to Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act regulations require public colleges to increase their efforts to ensure that digital content meets accessibility standards. In this episode, we discuss strategies to foster a culture of access across an institution.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Sean Moriarty. Sean is the Chief Technology Officer at SUNY Oswego. In this role, Sean provides leadership for the continued development of a client-centered, agile, robust, accessible, and secure digital campus environment that advances the university’s strategic goals. Sean and Rebecca have worked collaboratively on digital accessibility initiatives at SUNY Oswego since 2017. Welcome back, Sean.

Sean: Well, thanks a lot. It’s good to be back with you two.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are:… Sean, are you drinking any tea today?

Sean: I am. I am having an Irish Breakfast tea.

Rebecca: I almost drank that knowing that you were probably drinking that. [LAUGHTER]

Sean: Yes.

John: And I am drinking a pure peppermint tea today.

Rebecca: And no fear, I’ve got English breakfast. [LAUGHTER] Got the British Isles represented.

John: So in January of 2019, we had you on to talk about SUNY Oswego’s work to build a culture of accessibility. And five years later, in January of 2024, members of SUNY Oswego’s workgroup on accessibility practices joined us to talk about one of our initiatives, the 10-day accessibility challenge. And several weeks ago, we had Mark Greenfield on the podcast to talk about the recent updates to Title II of the American with Disabilities Act (or ADA). Today, we’re planning to follow up on those earlier conversations and talk about some of the practical steps that SUNY Oswego is taking to address Title II. Meeting the requirements of Title II can seem pretty daunting if a campus hasn’t been actively engaged in digital accessibility practices. So where does a campus start, what were the first steps that SUNY Oswego took to address digital accessibility?

Sean: So first of all, thanks for inviting me back again. It’s always good to talk to you two. You mentioned that I was on in 2019 which does seem like a lifetime ago when you think of it being six years ago, but also the pandemic happened in between, and this really brought, I think, a whole new vision and awareness around digital accessibility and the role that it had in terms of helping students to navigate the teaching and learning that we went through during that period of time. And I think the work that we’ve done beforehand really paid off during the pandemic, and I think the work that we continue to do really helps with students. But if we go back to your question like, where do you start with something like this? The way that we have approached it here at Oswego is that the responsibility for creating accessible content falls to the people making accessible content. When we first had our OCR complaint, in 2017 that was, we saw just really how deep the hole was in terms of the content that we were creating and the requirements to go in to make it all accessible. So I think the way that we’ve gone and really done it is to focus on educating people on how to create accessible content and making them aware of their responsibility in terms of doing it, and trying to simplify the process as much as we can for everyone as we went forward.

Rebecca: I think one of the key things that we focused on was building a coalition of folks who wanted to build the momentum around digital accessibility. So prior to the OCR complaint, there was through our Center for Excellence in Learning and Teaching, we had a work group on accessibility practices that had representation of constituents across campus that has greatly grown over time. And so now there’s representation from many units and now faculty, et cetera, that does a lot of the professional development on our campus around digital accessibility. But around the OCR complaint, Sean also formulated the digital accessibility steering committee, and now those two groups are connected.

Sean: When we first had the OCR complaint, we really focused on the website in particular and having it reach standards. And I’ll just say we were one of 31 SUNY schools out of the 32 that had complaints against it. So everyone was going through the same thing at the same time, but once we went and got the website up to standard, we realized that it’s an ongoing task in terms of going and keeping it that way. So really, we got the group together, that started with our web services team and also included Accessibility Services. And Rebecca was a partner, certainly, in all this work, and Rebecca has a unique skill set in the sense that she teaches graphic design and teaches web services, but she also happened to be working with you at the time, John, right in our Center for Excellence in Learning and Teaching. So it really helped that we could go and integrate these teams together and to bring the work that we were trying to do and expand the scope as we went forward. Another important component, I think, of it, was how we went and integrated faculty inside what we were trying to do. And started with our first accessibility fellows… in 2019 I think that was. And our goal was really just to have someone from each of the different colleges to be a part of the team and kind of look at accessibility, particularly in their discipline, learn about how to use it, and then act as an advocate inside their area of expertise. But actually the first year, we had seven people step forward, and that was a good investment, I think, in terms of going and working with those people. The next year was 2020, and we had four people. And when the pandemic hit, by that point, really, we had 11 people who had gone through accessibility training and were really ready to step in and really acted as advocates and helped all the people inside their departments to go and to navigate what lay ahead as we went through the pandemic and our shift to online learning as it was for months and months to come.

Rebecca: I think if we were to talk about what we’d recommend for other campuses to do to start, it’s really to start with the coalition of the willing, or the folks that are most likely to advocate for digital accessibility, or might be in adjacent spaces focused on equity issues, for example, and to find representation across campus. So we have folks from the library, instructional designers, the teaching center, faculty. We have folks in Disability Services, folks in our student affairs unit as well, that are doing a wide variety of work and can act as a liaison in all those different areas to transform the practices of folks on campus. And I think that strategy has served us well.

Sean: Yes, for sure. And I think also, as we get more people involved, more people look and see other areas that we should involve as we move forward. And I know Rebecca has done a lot of work, and the people in the work group in areas such as orientation and how we bring students in. We also have the person who runs Slate on our campus, which is our enrollment application, that we go and interact with students as they apply to college, and then get information back and forth. But he was a graphic design graduate of our school, and was a student of Rebecca’s at one point, and he’s been able to go in to implement all of the same principles and really go to bring this kind of technology and this way of thinking to the way that we work on campus, and bring students in.

John: Just to clarify one thing… earlier, you mentioned an OCR complaint, and just to make sure everyone is on the same page with us, by OCR, you are referring to…

Sean: Yeah.

John: …the Office of Civil Rights.

Sean: That’s correct, John, yep.

Rebecca: …and then the Department of Education.

Sean: Yes, and actually, and just to go back to that, in 2017, over 2000 universities had OCR complaints against them, particularly around the website, and a number of them were in SUNY as well.

John: So, now, as we’re coming up to the April 2026, or ‘27 for small communities, compliance deadline, what are some of the concrete steps that are being taken to ensure that all digital content, web content, and digital apps, including those created by faculty, staff and students, will meet the WCAG 2.1 AA standards by that time.

Rebecca: So one of our strategies is actually to use the current WCAG standards, which are actually WCAG 2.2 double A in part because they include some important guidelines around mobile technology. So we’re always gonna adopt the most current WCAG standards, so that we’re always ahead of things, rather than adopting an older, outdated set of guidelines. [LAUGHTER] And so we have a Title II plan that we’ve worked on collaboratively that has essentially four components. The first is raising awareness and making sure folks know what we mean by digital accessibility, so defining that, and then also what Title II is, developing a professional development strategy, which we can talk about, and implementing policy and procedures, especially around procurement, and then finally, making sure that we have an assessment strategy and have a way for folks to evaluate their own progress and know where they stand, so using accessibility checkers and things like that.

John: So you mentioned these four steps. Could you elaborate on this a little bit?

Sean: So we’ve really tried to think of it in these four steps. The first one is raising awareness. And we’ve really been focusing, and actually, the way that Rebecca and I have got the plan here, and the steering committee of the plan it’s like a component for each season, although we will continue on with many components as these seasons progress. So awareness, we’ve spent a lot of time this past semester and during spring of 2025 focusing on awareness, making people understand what Title II is. We call it digital accessibility in our campus because we’ve really focused on having the digital campus as a core component of the way that we deliver education here at Oswego. The second component, that we’ll work on over the summer, is preparing policy and procedures, procurement is going to be a large component, I think, as we move forward, and I know we’ll talk more about that later. But we want to go and focus and make sure that we’re ready to move forward once we hit September again. Then we’re also preparing training and being aware of how we’re going to go and develop people as we move forward once we hit the ground in the fall when school returns. And then there’s the assessment feedback, and I know Rebecca just touched on the point, we want to be able to give people feedback so that they understand, if they’re creating accessible content, how to make it better, and whether it’s inside Word, inside the Brightspace environment, or the digital learning environment, or whether it’s on the web, people should be getting feedback and understanding if they’ve created and posted accessible digital content for others.

Rebecca: One of the strategies that we’re using for professional development, which might be of particular use for this audience, is organizing around content types, so everyone on campus is a content creator of some sort, whether you’re creating emails or documents, presentations, et cetera. And so the professional development that we’re doing is largely around these kind of content types that might have slightly different skill sets necessary to make those types of content. So we have email, documents, slide decks, multimedia, charts and tables, forms, social media, kind of page layout and design, folks that are using the learning management system, and how to navigate that and make sure things in that system are accessible. And then folks that are editing content on the front end of the website, as well as those that are doing more of programming or development on web or software applications.

Sean: Well, I think what’s interesting too is that the way that people create content really isn’t necessarily role based in terms of what we’re doing. One item that we really haven’t mentioned up to this point around Title II is how it affects students and how students will be required to create accessible content as well. We’ve really thought of this in a couple of ways. There’s what happens inside the classroom, and faculty can be responsible for that, but there’s also the clubs and how they have students interact with one another, and the social media, different technologies that they integrate too. So as we have this content type of training, if you’re doing social media, you could be in marketing communications, or you could be running the fencing club at school, and you’re going to need to have this kind of training and awareness to go and to be responsible. So the training will be good for both of those groups of people, and it really cuts across where you are in the organization.

John: Remediating materials created by an entire institution would seem to be pretty much an impossible task, requiring a tremendous staff, unless perhaps individuals are charged with that responsibility. So what ongoing professional development and training opportunities are being provided to faculty and staff to create accessible content effectively, beyond that initial awareness and beyond those initial departments that were reached by the accessibility fellows.

Sean: You’re right. I think, in that remediation, the quantity of work makes it impossible, which is why we took the attitude about six years ago, that we’re going to go on a step-forward basis, and this is where we’re at and we’re going to start creating as much accessible content as we can. And we really started by investing in training for our staff and our trainers. If I go back to 2018 and ‘19, and that would have meant sending people out to the WebAIM training out in Utah, which was a great investment, I think, for our staff and for their awareness, and they were able to go and to bring that kind of training back and start our own programs. But then we started a series of other kinds of trainings, which would include our CELT breakouts for our Center for Excellence in Learning and Teaching, where we would go and focus on different accessibility items. We already talked about the Faculty Fellows in terms of going and helping them with their training. And we have created a lot of on-demand training, whether it be on our accessibility website, and utilization of Deque.

Rebecca: So, Deque is Deque University, which is an online training platform. You can get subscriptions too. So the SUNY system has a subscription to Deque University, and that provides really great opportunities to learn about specific software. So if you wanted to learn digital accessibility skills in the Microsoft suite, the Google Suite, or web platforms, etc, so everyone has access to that on our campus. We’ve also developed a Brightspace course called Access: a Quest Toward Inclusion, that we’re rolling out on our campus. We’ve done a couple pilots, and that’s fully rolled out as we speak right now in the summer. And in that course, not only do we have some technical skills, but also conceptual ideas around how digital accessibility fits into ideas of inclusive pedagogy, diversity, equity, and inclusion, student success, et cetera, so that it helps connect those pieces and how digital accessibility also dovetails with UDL and some of these other strategies. That course is built upon an earlier experiment that we had on our campus called the 10-day accessibility challenge, which we rolled out in January of 2021 to support faculty as they were teaching online during COVID, and that we have a whole podcast on.

John: We’ll include a link to the earlier podcast discussions of that program and of other related topics. How many faculty fellows have been through training?

Sean: At this point, we’ve had 24 faculty who have gone through the fellowship training.

John: And you mentioned workshops, and those are generally taking place at least twice a year. And there’s probably eight to 10 workshops at least twice a year on all these topics.

Sean: Yes, and actually we focus on accessibility for a couple days in the January winter breakouts and training sessions that you have, which would be the time where we bring in the new accessibility fellows, and they go through specialized training. But the training is really available to everyone on campus. And, like I said, we really focus on that for a couple days.

John: So this is a pretty big task that you’re discussing here. And how did you effectively secure commitment from campus leadership to allocate those initial resources: the human, the financial and the time allocation for digital accessibility, especially when many on campus might not fully understand the urgency or the scope of moving to digital accessibility.

Sean: So when I think of the commitment, I think the OCR complaint really opened people’s eyes. And it raised awareness in terms of what was required to go in to do digital accessibility properly, and we’ve really looked at it from two components: one is how it ties to our mission in terms of student success, equity, fairness, and the second component of it is the risk and risk mitigation in terms of how, if you’re not going and doing this stuff, you might get sued. So I think both of those items really talk to two different components of the university. So around financial components, they’re really interested in mitigating the risk, and they can see where doing this work will go and avoid any lawsuits that we might have. But I think from the classroom side and academic side, we really want to go and focus on why this ties into the mission, and how we can go and really serve the students. There’s a second component, I’ll say, in terms of how we go and secure commitment. So the leadership is one component of it, but I would also say there is this component on campus that really believes in it and will go and do the work required around it. So when I think of Rebecca and her team and the instructional designers that she’s worked with, and really other people inside CTS, and then the faculty that we’ve dealt with, they’re committed to going and doing it and providing a structure and a framework for them to, in essence, either have extra service pay or to have time cut out of their schedule to go and to do it, was a wise investment, and showed that the university really was serious in terms of what we’re doing, and that’s what we offer for the faculty fellows, in terms of the structure around going and supporting it.

Rebecca: I think one thing that Sean’s not directly addressing is his pivotal role in all of this, and someone in his position, and getting someone who is a chief technology officer, a chief information officer, really on board is really integral to getting this work done. So we were doing a lot of ad hoc stuff in the Center for Excellence in Learning and Teaching through our work group, which was kind of a grassroots group that was just doing the work because we were passionate about it and thought it was important for our community to be a part of, but when we brought the need to bring this work into the classrooms, beyond just the website, which is what the OCR complaint was about, initially, Sean was really collaborative and wanted to work with us and provide resources and advocate for resources, and so that digital accessibility steering committee that we mentioned at the top of the show has become really integral as a space to discuss critical issues, to prioritize things that might need to be funded or advocated for, so that the work here can get done. So, for example, we use Google on our campus, and the Google platform doesn’t have built-in accessibility checkers. So one of the things that the work group brought to the steering committee was the need to invest in a checker. So we invested in grackle so that we have an accessibility checker for folks that are using Google Docs and Google Slides, et cetera. So that platform has been really important for fellows and for our work group to raise issues, and then for that steering committee to make some decisions about priorities, and then Sean’s task is that to advocate for that and either fund it through his budget or request funds elsewhere. [LAUGHTER]

Sean: Yeah. Well, I think when we have put forward a budget and we have money set aside, I would think for our accessibility initiatives, it’s less than you would think would be necessary. But I think when we think of what’s required, it is this investment in people and then in the technology to go and to make the work easy, and then it’s also in time. You wouldn’t underestimate the amount of time that’s needed to go and to provide for people to go and to get on training. When I think back to the time when we did the 10-day challenge and thinking these things through, I mean, first of all, they were a lot of fun to go and to do, but we also gained a lot in terms of going and moving our initiative forward as we went and invested. So the time is an important component, but it really comes down to prioritization. When I think back to the last few years, IT departments… when I think of how we can go and be involved in the diversity and the equity and the inclusion and the items that we were working on at the time… this was really a key component, I think, and one of our major contributions to going and helping largely around the equity that we provided to the students and really focused in on student success. So I think the initiatives really went hand in hand with what we were trying to accomplish.

Rebecca: Building in the 10-day accessibility challenge and our Access: a Quest Towards Inclusion Course, are really helpful because they provide scaffolded and structured learning, so that complements the on-demand resources that we also have available. So departments have advocated for their constituents to participate in these challenges or in the course, and that means that they’re prioritizing or allocating time to do that work, which I think is helpful.

John: You mentioned the issue of Google not providing the tools that are needed to help check accessibility, there’s also a lot of other software that’s being used on campus from third parties. Can you talk a little bit about how procurement strategies might have to change here and at other institutions in response to the need to make sure that mobile apps that students are asked to use are accessible?

Sean: Yeah, I think this is a large component, and I would say, for us, kind of the next frontier in terms of going and figuring out how we’re going to do it. So I think what makes it difficult is the testing that you need to do on the software that you’re looking to go and buy. And reading the VPATs and the ACRs, which are the accessibility compliance reports that software developers are supposed to provide you when you purchase software. So it takes a certain skill set to be able to go in to do that, and that skillset’s highly in demand and is difficult to go and to teach, but I think this is an area that we’ll focus on over the next year. So when I talked about policy before, it was around developing this software acquisition policy and procedure that we’ll go and integrate and for us, it’ll include all of the security work that we’re doing, and it’ll also include the accessibility and compliance checking that we’re looking to be able to provide to software end users.

Rebecca: One thing that we don’t always think about when we’re considering third parties is third-party content that we might be getting from publishers or PDFs from library databases and things like that. So those are all materials that we’re using for teaching and learning that are coming from third parties that do need to be evaluated, that maybe traditionally, we’re not attending to in that way, that we really need to build into our practices. So often we think about procurement as something that we’re spending money on, but it also, in the way that we’re thinking about it means that anything that we’re acquiring to share with others. So that may not cost money, but we still need to test it.

Sean: Yeah, it’s a skill set that we’ll really need to go and develop, but it really is necessary to ensure compliance.

John: Might this become a little bit easier, though now as third-party platforms are threatened with the loss of sales, as all public institutions are required to meet these accessibility requirements as we move forward?

Sean: I certainly hope so. There’s also a law in New York State that software developers need to provide software that’s compliant with what we’re looking for around the accessibility. I will say, though, that building software is kind of like steering a large ocean liner, and depending on where people are, it can be difficult for them to go and to change where they’re going. So I think I would certainly see this in the future, but we’re not there now, for sure.

Rebecca: But as universities kind of band together and put the pressure on I think we will see this change over time.

John: And one of the nice things about being part of a system is some of the work can be shared across institutions. And I believe there are some efforts to do that across institutions in the SUNY system.

Sean: Yes, I would say inside SUNY we’ve really worked together, and I give SUNY System Administration a lot of credit for prioritizing this, and they have a core group of people that have really prioritized it, and Rebecca and I have worked with those people, and they’ve really moved us forward a large amount. An example would be the Deque University training systems that are available. But there’s also other examples of where there’s a lot of training that’s provided by our Center for Professional Development, and they’ve really taken on items such as Universal Design for Learning and provided many opportunities for faculty to go and to incorporate those practices inside the classroom for themselves. I’ll also add that they’ve started a new program this year on accessibility advocates and allies that Rebecca is leading this year, and it’s really to go in to take our accessibility fellowship program, and there’s 11 accessibility and advocate ally fellows this year, and they’re working and seeing how they can go and further the work on their campuses to get these core groups working together and move the needle forward around accessibility.

John: Traditionally, when working with students or faculty with disabilities, much of this was handled by campus disability offices, where the focus had been historically on providing accommodations. We’ve been moving towards, and Title II is certainly going to reinforce, a shift from providing reactive accommodations to a proactive inclusive design model. So this is something we’ve been doing for a while, but what strategies have you found to be most effective in fostering a campus-wide culture of accessibility, especially for those who might be somewhat new to digital accessibility.

Rebecca: I think that depends a little bit on the audience. So for administrators and decision makers, helping those individuals see how this work ties to the mission is really core and critical. When we’re talking about faculty, we can integrate that work into other things that we’re talking about in teaching centers, like inclusive pedagogy, evidence-based practices, Universal Design for Learning, all of those things, with accessibility also support student success. And then, if we’re talking about student affairs folks, who really focus on the students, the whole student… when we’re thinking about student success… that’s also a way to tie this accessibility work into the mission and goals of their division as well. So I think tying it to what people are already doing and what they already care about is really critical in shifting the culture of access for sure.

Sean: So you did mention, historically, when this work is done reactively, it all falls to like, Disability Services or Accessibility Services, but I’ll just say that those people are still integrated into the work that we’re doing, and are key parts of our coalition, I would say, and of who we’re working with to go and to focus on the student service, but we have spent a lot of time really going and developing this coalition and looking at the different roles and responsibilities that each people has. And really, Rebecca and I have tried to go and develop a model in terms of how we go and look at this work and what we’re trying to do and how we move it forward. And we use an acronym called RAMPS, which is really a key set of tactics we have developed to cultivate a culture of access.

Rebecca: So RAMPS stands for request, amplify, model, prioritize, and support. And you might wonder why RAMPS? Well, we associate ramps with kind of the sloping planes that you might use to access a building. You’re on wheels, for example. So it’s already tied to the land of accessibility. So we were hoping that would make it a little more memorable. And then, in addition, the word ramp can be used as a verb, meaning to speed up or expand or increase quickly. And so we see this as a set of tactics that really can accelerate this culture of access. And so if we want to dig into each of the tactics in a little bit more detail, requests specifically means requesting colleagues, peers and others to use a specific accessibility practice, so use a microphone or captions or something like that. Amplify or amplify voices and perspectives of people with disabilities, this can look like raising your hand in a meeting and asking what kinds of accessibility features might be built into a particular event or software or other platform. Model is model best practices in your everyday work. So things like, every time you create a document, you’re running your accessibility checker, you’re using alt text and those kinds of things, so that people see that you care about it because you’re doing it. This is particularly important for leadership to do. Prioritize, is prioritize accessibility by allocating resources, and by resources, we mean time, funds, and personnel, and then support… support others in their accessibility journey through coaching, education, processes, and procedures, and so this can look like a wide variety of things, but making sure that as people want to develop in the space of digital accessibility, you’re helping support their technical skills, but also developing their workflows and other things where they might face a few hiccups along the way.

John: So could you provide some other examples of how administrators, faculty, staff and students can employ RAMPS tactics to help advance accessibility.

Sean: Yeah, so when I think of administrators, whether it be the presidents, provosts, vice presidents, deans, directors, and so on down the line, we’ve gone and developed a list of tactics. So, as an example, request units to review their policies and procedures to ensure they’re meeting the legal requirements, but looking around what they’re doing around accessibility and the content, amplify the why of accessibility practices, and I think that’s really an important component in terms of how it ties to the mission, because people often see it as more work than just putting material out, but remediating is way more work than it is to go and do it right the first time. Model, model accessibility practices on correspondence and particularly presentations that go out from your office. When we think of prioritize, I think of team time for professional development and the resources that are required, and support that would be through appropriate budget and resources that can be provided for these types of projects. I see the responsibility of CIOs, and what we do, and really around prioritizing Title II initiatives by ensuring availability of accessibility tools, ensuring that there’s professional training and support available, and ensuring accessible procurement practices are developed and implemented, and then support by really partnering with the other people on campus to ensure that we’re producing the results that we’re looking to produce.

Rebecca: We think about instructors and the role that instructors play, the tactics might look different in those settings. So for example, instructors can request that students follow accessibility guidelines like the WCAG 2.2 double A standard, just like they might APA or MLA style guides, and so that could be something that’s a graded component.

John: We could always hope that they do better with that than they do with the citation styles.

Rebecca: True, [LAUGHTER] but reinforcing it with grades or as a rubric component is helpful. We can also model using accessibility checkers, not only by checking our own work, but showing students how to do that as well. One way that instructors can prioritize this work is by participating in professional development related to Universal Design for Learning or UDL and accessibility.

John: So, what metrics do we use here, and what metrics might other campuses perhaps consider in monitoring the progress of meeting accessibility practices.

Sean: So, when I look at it from the technical point of view, I look at ensuring that we’re gathering these metrics and being able to provide people feedback. So we use tools such as ALLY, and we also use SiteImprove. So ALLY would be inside the learning management system. SiteImprove is an application that will go and browse your website and let you know what the accessibility content is and where there might be areas that need to be improved. And then we’re able to go and provide that feedback back to people so they can understand what they’re doing. We also look at people that are requesting accessibility workshops, people speaking up about microphones and using microphones or other accessibility practices. I’ll also say that we’ve really tried to focus on understanding where we’re at, and we’re going to move forward at the fastest pace we can but this is really when you go and develop culture, it’s really difficult to go and to leapfrog from one stage to another. You really just make progress by making steady progress and by doing the work that’s there. So we just focus on getting better each semester.

Rebecca: Yeah, some of the stuff that we’ve done includes analyzing some of our ALLY data to see whether or not the fellows have made an impact in their departments, to see if that’s improved their ALLY scores, and it has. So that’s exciting. It means that that’s a worthwhile investment. Sometimes it’s these really specific metrics where there’s scores, but when you’re really looking at culture change, some of the things that you actually observe are spaces like our Faculty Assembly, where maybe one person, often me in the past, would be the person saying, like, “Please use a microphone. Please do this. Please do that.” And now I don’t have to say anything. And there’s many other people who will speak up in these settings to request certain accessibility features be used in a wide variety of settings, and I’ve seen students, faculty, and staff, all make these kinds of requests in public settings. So that’s real advocacy work that’s happening, and is a real difference from where we started.

Sean: Well, I also think of people who have come to training, and when you think of culture like we have people in events that have come to our accessibility training and trying to understand better. The people running the orientation are really trying to go and ensure that they’re creating accessible content to provide to the students. So sometimes we’ve recruited those people, other times they’ve been recruited by others who are part of the culture, I guess I would say. So, I think when you see how it’s grown organically, in that sense, it’s really satisfying.

Rebecca: I think along those same lines, we can see a wider variety of individuals offering workshops during our Center for Excellence in Learning and Teaching’s breakout sessions in the spring and in the winter, and that just demonstrates how many more people are deeply engaged with the subject matter compared to previously.

John: So one of the things that really struck me was the comment about using microphones. It’s still an issue. We ran an AI symposium yesterday, and we had a number of people attending remotely, and some people in the back of the room said, “Well, my voice is loud enough so anyone can hear” and sometimes faculty in large classes will still do that. And it is important to get that reminder out that while people who are near you certainly will hear you, the people who are further away or who have hearing impairment won’t, and there’s a lot of people with hearing impairment who do not necessarily reveal that.

Sean: Yeah, it’s a real issue. Actually, one of the things I’m proud of, too, is how we’ve really worked to go at big events such as graduation and commencement, which we just hosted and brought in an application that’ll go and provide real-time translation of what the speaker is saying for people in the audience, and we post that on a QR code, both in the program and on the screen beforehand, so that people can hear and understand what the speakers are saying. And when you have an audience of over 4000 people, there’s going to be a lot of people who have hearing impairments who really will benefit from that kind of service that you’re providing.

John: So what do you see as some of the biggest challenges that institutions must face in meeting this Title II deadline? I know we’ve done a lot here, but a lot of campuses are much further behind.

Rebecca: I think even though we’ve made a lot of progress here, we still have challenges that we’re going to face, and one of them, and I think this is true across most of higher ed, is student-generated content has not traditionally been a focus. So this is really when students are sharing work with each other. Previously, we’ve certainly focused on things when they share it more publicly, [LAUGHTER] but they’re sharing it with each other in the class. That’s going to be something that instructors need to think about and may need to become integrated into our learning objectives through general education or some other spaces to reinforce learning some of those skills.

John: And that’s something that can be sold to students as a useful skill in that as more and more companies start moving towards making their digital content more accessible, there’s going to be a lot of employment possibilities there.

Rebecca: I know it’s been a great benefit to a lot of my former students. [LAUGHTER] Some disciplines also have specific challenges that we need to really come up with better strategies for. Some of this work is starting and is there, but it’s not streamlined. Some software packages just don’t have accessibility features built into them. So there’s workflows and habits that need to change, and changing habits and workflows and anything you’re used to is difficult, and people, by their very nature resist change often. So that’s something that all institutions are going to have to work with and address. And I would say, in particular disciplines with notation, so things like math, chemistry, music, all have some unique specific challenges. Or if you think about disciplines like art history that are heavily image based, and thinking about how alt text might need to shift depending on why you’re analyzing a particular image in a course, sometimes it might be more esthetic, sometimes it might be more important to be a more poetic alt text to fit the needs. And so education around some of those really unique features of disciplines is something that we just really need to work together on across institutions.

Sean: I’ll also add, I think procurement is going to be difficult for many colleges in terms of going and having the skill set, which I mentioned before, and also a lot of schools will have problems with resources in terms of training, in terms of having people to go and to train, and depending on where you’re starting from, I can certainly see it being a challenge. It’s an advantage to us to be in a system so that we can go and aggregate some of our resources together. But I can understand how it’s difficult for many of the colleges to go.

Rebecca: I would also add, though, that although these are challenges, these aren’t insurmountable things, these are all solvable problems, but it might need some collaboration and changes of processes to make it happen.

John: Well, we’ve addressed a lot of issues related to movement to meet the Title II requirements. We always end, though, with the question: “What’s next?”

Sean: So I think the first item is, like the game is afoot now, it’s time to execute on the next components of our strategy, which is around training for the content providers at Oswego, and focusing on meeting people where they’re at in terms of going and both offering the training and in terms of going and upskilling them as we move forward. And I think the second component is to invoke the student clubs in the equation and the students as we move forward, and partner with them to help ensure that they make the requirements and take responsibility for their social postings or documents, as well as integrating where it fits into the academic side of the campus. And I think really, one of the third parts is not to look at April 2026 as like this magic day when the project is over. It’s just another day, another milestone, we’ll l not be 100% perfect at that point, and it’s just a continuing project that will go on for years to come, I would think, and to make sure that we have a solid base to constantly be building on, so it becomes less work for people to go in and do, and it makes it easier for them to integrate into their workflows.

Rebecca: I think one ongoing thing to remember moving forward is that accessibility is not an on off switch. So we need to remember that there’s continuous improvement, and we can always work as technology develops to make things more accessible and to keep reevaluating where we’re at so that we can make those improvements.

Sean: I’m going to add one more component that’s what next, and it is our integration of the AI Fellows that we have on campus. So we started an AI Fellow program early this year, but I see the AI Fellows and the Accessibility Fellows integrating their work in the coming year, and to see how that can really go and help us to move this forward. That might be an area that can help us to leapfrog some of our actions forward and our ability to create accessible content.

John: And I did just see an article about several campuses introducing AI tools to read the names of students during graduation, which might actually sometimes give better pronunciations than some of the readers might otherwise, although we’ve had some very good readers here on our campus.

Sean: Yeah, AI is going to have an impact everywhere. So I’d look at where the intersection of these two areas is for sure.

John: And we’ve had a few podcasts where people have discussed how AI tools may help meet accessibility and UDL requirements, and we’ll share links to some of those in the show notes as well.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

396. Title II

While the Americans with Disabilities Act has long required digital content to be accessible, specific technical requirements were recently defined in updates to Title II of the ADA. In this episode, Mark Greenfield joins us to discuss the new regulations and what that means for public colleges and universities as the April 2026 deadline approaches.

Mark retired as the University at Buffalo’s Web Accessibility Officer after 35 years of service at the institution. He continues to consult on digital accessibility and serves as a member of the Association for Computing Machinery (or ACM) U.S. Technology Committee, which educates and informs Congress, the Administration and courts about digital technology developments and how they may impact public policy in the US.

Transcript

John: While the Americans with Disabilities Act has long required digital content to be accessible, specific technical requirements were recently defined in updates to Title II of the ADA. In this episode, we discuss the new regulations and what that means for public colleges and universities as the April 2026 deadline approaches.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Mark Greenfield. Mark retired as the University at Buffalo’s Web Accessibility Officer after 35 years of service at the institution. He continues to consult on digital accessibility and serves as a member of the Association for Computing Machinery (or ACM) U.S. Technology Committee, which educates and informs Congress, the Administration and courts about digital technology developments and how they may impact public policy in the US. Welcome, Mark.

Mark: Thanks for having me.

John: Thank you for joining us. Today’s teas are:… Mark, are you drinking any tea?

Mark: I am drinking tea. It is a Blackberry sage.

Rebecca: That sounds nice. I have just some decaffeinated breakfast tea, thanks to John making me some hot water. [LAUGHTER]

John: I have a peppermint, spearmint, and tarragon tea today. I’ve already had a lot of caffeine today.

Rebecca: So Mark, we’ve invited you here today to discuss new regulations in the U.S. related to Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act and digital accessibility. In order to ground our conversation today, though, can you share a definition of digital accessibility?

Mark: Sure. So when we’re talking about digital accessibility, the goal is to make sure that everything we’re doing online works for people with disabilities. And it’s interesting, as I kind of explain, over the last few years, what I do for a living, how many people don’t know that that’s a thing, when, in fact, not only is it a thing, it’s a very important thing. And I like to also use the words digital accessibility rather than web accessibility, for a couple of reasons. One is that with web accessibility, you’re talking about a very specific technology where, with how technology has changed over the years, it really is much more than just websites. The other reason I like to use the word digital rather than web is that it lets people know that this just isn’t the purview of web developers. It actually impacts anybody who’s creating content online. So when I have a lot of conversations with faculty, if I talk about web accessibility, they’re assuming this is IT, and IT compliant, without realizing the impact that a faculty member has when it comes to making sure that their materials are accessible.

John: You mentioned that digital accessibility requires that the needs of people with disabilities be met, but are those the only people that benefit from digital accessibility?

Mark: So there is a lot of myths around how many people are impacted when it comes to digital accessibility. Most people, in their mind, automatically default to somebody who is blind or somebody who is deaf, when in fact, there’s a number of different indices on how many people have a disability. The number I use is 20%; about 20% of the population has a disability that impacts their ability to use technology. And when you’re thinking about the different kinds of disabilities, it’s visual disabilities, people who are both blind and have low vision and are colorblind. I think the number is 8% of the male population is color blind, so if you’re using color to provide information and using red and green as your color combination, somebody’s not going to be able to differentiate that. Then beyond visual disabilities, you have auditory disabilities, people who are deaf or hard of hearing, motor disability, somebody who can’t use a keyboard or can’t use a mouse, and also cognitive disabilities. And this is something I think is important for educators when you think about dyslexia and other types of learning disabilities, this falls into the realm of digital accessibility. But the other thing to remember is that, even though we’re talking specifically about people with disabilities, almost everything you do related to digital accessibility, improves the user experience for everyone. What can be frustrating for the general population can be a barrier for somebody with a disability. I’ve always been a huge advocate of user-centered design usability, and there’s a direct correlation to accessibility with that. And my message to web developers always has been, when you’re addressing accessibility issues, you are improving the overall experience for everyone.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit as we’re kind of framing this idea of digital accessibility, what some of the specific skills are related to digital accessibility, especially for content creators?

Mark: Sure. So there are a lot of things that make a website or a document accessible. Some of it does get complicated, but much of it is very simple to do, and something that I think everybody should just build into their workflow, whether you’re creating a web page or creating a document. So some of those include: color contrast, so the difference between the color of the text and the color of the background, there are specific contrast ratios you should be thinking about, but understanding to make that contrast workable for people who have low vision, and think about using your cell phone out in the sun. That would help in that situation as well. Related to colors, making sure that you don’t use color to convey information. I see a lot of schedules where an available time slot is green and an unavailable time slot is red, red/green is the most common color blind combination. So if somebody can’t see that difference because you’re relying solely on color to reflect that information. So another thing that everybody should think about is what I call semantic markup. And what semantics mean is that you’re describing the function of the information rather than what it looks like. So think about a heading. What you don’t want to do, whether you’re in Microsoft Word or using Google Docs or making a web page, is take your heading, make it a larger font and bold it, because that’s just addressing what it looks like, but not what the function of that content actually is. So when it comes to headings, when it comes to lists, when it comes to links, those are all things that can be marked up in a way that assistive technology understands what that is and will work properly with that. Again, very easy to do. Another thing is with images, making sure that you have provided alternate text, which allows a screen reader or other assistive device to be able to know the content of what’s in that image. Again, very easy to do. Another thing related to that is with videos, making sure that they’re captioned. Again, the tools are such now that you can do captioning much quicker than you could even five years ago. So really, no reason not to caption all your videos. And one of the things when I talk with faculty about captioning is that this really can be part of Universal Design for Learning. When I was working at the University of Buffalo, we had a large international student population, and they benefited from having captions on the videos, because they could understand the content much better. Making sure that when you are using a form, whether it’s a PDF form or whether it’s a web-based form, that you have labels for the input, again, important for assistive technology to understand how that form is working. I also want to make sure that when it comes to web pages, that your content will work with just a keyboard, not relying on the mouse. This is a skill that I recommend everybody learn. It takes about five minutes to learn how to navigate a web page using just the keyboard. Push your mouse to the side, and there are just a handful of keys you need to learn to be able to navigate a web page. This is very important for two reasons. One is most automated testing tools cannot determine whether the keyboard is working correctly or not. The second is that when it does not work correctly, that can be a complete barrier for somebody with a disability. One of the examples I use is that there was some administrative software at the University of Buffalo that we used, once you were into the software, it was fairly accessible, the problem was to log into it with your name and password, required the use of a mouse. So anybody who needed to use a mouse, it was a complete barrier; that tool was unusable. So really a good skill for everybody to learn.

Rebecca: You used assistive technology a lot in your last description, can you just describe what that is for folks that might not be familiar?

Mark: Sure, so assistive technology is developed specifically for people with disabilities. The most common assistive technology are screen readers, and there’s a variety of screen readers. Many of them are free. In fact, I recommend that people use free screen readers. On the Windows side. NVDA is a free screen reader, which is really powerful; on the Macintosh side, VoiceOver is included on both the iPhone and on a Mac, so again, very easy to learn how to use those. Those work for people who are blind. And one of the things about screen readers is that there are people who use those who can see but have other disabilities. So it’s not just somebody who has a visual disability. Another type of assistive technology is known as a mouth stick. So this is somebody who does not have use of their hands, but can still use a keyboard by just putting the stick in their mouth and then pressing on the keys instead of using their hands to do that. More sophisticated assistive technology is something like a Braille keyboard. So there are keyboards that allow you to type and get feedback using just Braille. So pretty advanced technology. And one of the things we’re starting to see is, I’m wearing AirPods right now, and those AirPods can be used as a hearing device as assistive listening, and that’s one of the things I’m happy to see is that a lot of mainstream devices now can be used as assistive technology.

John: The history of legislation related to disabilities is fairly recent, beginning with the Americans with Disability Act (or the ADA) that was enacted in 1990. At the international level. The UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities was adopted by the UN General Assembly in 2006. In it is the explicit claim that accessibility is a human right. The first version of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines was released in 1999 with a 2.0 version adopted by the International Standards Organization in 2012. More recently, laws have been updated throughout the world to more explicitly address issues of digital accessibility. As one example, can you talk about the recent updates to Title II of the ADA in the US?

Mark: Sure, so Title II of the American with Disabilities Act had rules established last April, and this was, in my opinion, a really important event in the history of how the web and disability come together. The important thing to remember about the American with Disabilities Act is that is a civil rights law. So that should be the message. This is about human rights and about civil rights. As you mentioned, the ADA was adopted in 1990, which predates the web. So the web went public in 1993. I was fortunate enough that I was there like a week after that it went public, and guessed that the web might be a thing. I taught myself how to program and away I went. But it’s always been case law, rather than regulations from the government about what does disability actually mean. And it was a long process. The real start to the current regulations was in 2010. That rule making was then dropped in 2016, picked back up and finally adopted last year. So this has been a long time coming, and one of the things to remember about the ADA Title II is that now we have a specific technical standard that we can reference. And for the ADA Title II, it is WCAG, which is the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines version 2.1, level AA, and we can talk more about what all that means if we want to talk more about what all that means. But anyways, this was the first time that there was a specific technical standard that people could reference. There was an interesting case with Domino’s Pizza. This was like four or five years ago. Domino’s was sued because somebody who was blind could not order a pizza online, so they took Domino’s to court, and one of Domino’s defenses was, “Tell me what it means to be accessible, and I’ll make it accessible. There’s no standard. How do I know if I’m making it accessible or not?” For me, that was an interesting argument. However, eventually that case did go to the Supreme Court, and the Supreme Court chose not to hear it, so Domino’s didn’t win on that argument, but it raised a really legitimate point: that having a technical standard would be so helpful, and this is why the ADA Title II regulations are so important. A couple other things about the ADA Title II regulations. This is specifically for state and local government. That is what Title II is. And all public colleges and universities fall under Title II. Private colleges, however, are not part of Title II, and some people who work at private colleges may think, “I’m off the hook. I don’t need to do this,” when, in fact, that is not the case at all. For anything outside of state and local government, it’s business as usual. That means that you still absolutely can be sued in court, if you have accessibility issues, but they’re not going to use the WCAG standard necessarily as the measuring stick. It’s going to be up to the court to decide what are we going to use as a measuring stick. In fact, there was just a case in Louisiana in February where the state of Louisiana said we don’t have to do this until next April. And the courts are saying, “Oh, yes, you do. This is still in effect, even though the deadline for Title II isn’t until next year.”

Rebecca: So, Mark, you’re talking a little bit about the laws in the U.S., but this isn’t just a U.S.-specific thing. Can you talk a little bit about what’s been happening globally, in a general sense?

Mark: Yes. So, globally, there has been a tremendous increase in legislation specific to Web and Digital Accessibility. In the European Union, they’re actually a little bit ahead of the United States, because their accessibility laws deadline is this June, and pretty similar in terms of what the expectations are technically, but they’re again a year ahead of where the United States is. Ontario, same thing. Ontario has had a pretty strong accessibility law in place for quite a while. So, in many ways, the US is catching up to this. One of the things that is nice about the WCAG standards is that they are internationally recognized. So almost every law that you see specifically references the WCAG standard, which I think makes it much easier for consistency, to understand what is expected when it comes to web and digital accessibility.

John: How do the changes in Title II impact our educational system, specifically higher ed, in terms of its effect on institutions, students, and faculty and staff?

Mark: So, Title II regulations are actually a major change with the way that colleges and universities need to think about Web and Digital Accessibility. And that major change is that the ADA Title II regulations move to a model of full accessibility, rather than accommodations. For anybody who is familiar with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, that is an accommodation model. If someone has a disability, it is very specific to their situation. This person is blind, is trying to access this information, and we’re going to create an accommodation that will help that specific person. The expectation with Title II is that everything is fully accessible from the get go. So this, for institutions is a major change philosophically in terms of how you need to think about meeting your accessibility goals… huge, huge change. For faculty and staff at a university, I think the Title II regulations bring the importance of this to the forefront. I am a longtime advocate for accessibility beyond legal requirements. In fact, I would do everything that I normally do when it comes to creating a website if there was no law, because it just is best practice and usability and all of those kinds of things. But with law, that gets people’s attention, and I think with the Title II regulations, this is getting people’s attention because you are breaking federal law if you are not making your sites accessible if you’re a public university. So I think that changes things for faculty and staff, where there’s a level of seriousness now and a level of training that’s needed that perhaps wasn’t there before. When it comes to students, I think this is an opportunity for students to learn about accessibility and why that matters. One of the questions I get is that, technically, students posting information onto a class website or a class activity within their learning management system, that needs to be accessible. And a lot of administrators, faculty and staff, are kind of pushing back against that, saying, “How are we going to make that happen?” Well, the answer is, you train students how to do it. It’s not that hard to do the basics. Every student I’ve ever talked to has been fascinated by the fact that you can make things accessible for people with disabilities. There’s a level of empathy there that perhaps isn’t there with people in my generation. So I think this is a great opportunity to train students on what accessibility means and give them the basic tools to make their content accessible.

Rebecca: I’ve heard some conversations with decision makers across higher ed about whether or not these regulations will be enforced because of current executive orders related to DEI, the dismantling of the Department of Education and the reduction of the federal workforce. What is your sense of the stability of the law and the momentum of the work on digital accessibility in higher education?

Mark: So that is a great question, and my answer may change an hour from now [LAUGHTER] than what it is right now. That’s fair. [LAUGHTER] It is very, very fluid. That being sai, one thing about the Title II regulations is that the current administration cannot legally just throw those out. They were established in April of 2024. I believe it’s 180 days have to go by, and then it’s kind of written in stone at that point. So the current administration can’t say, “Never mind. We’re going to just ignore these.” That’s legally not what they can do. Now, whether they do that anyways, we’ll see what happens. So that’s one thing to think about. The second thing to think about is that much of what happens in the courts around accessibility are private lawsuits. That has nothing to do with the Department of Justice and how they prioritize Title II. Anybody can bring a lawsuit against you at any time, and now you’re in the court system, and it has nothing to do with the administrative branch of the government, so you are always exposed to a lawsuit, and that’s where most of this activity happens. The other thing to keep in mind is that most states also have laws around accessibility. For those who are in New York state, there are pretty strong laws around web and digital accessibility. So even at the federal level, you may not think you need to worry about this, but at the state level, you absolutely do. As far as the Department of Education’s Office of Civil Rights, I’m actually pretty good friends with a lot of people who currently and formerly work there, unfortunately. What has happened with the OCR is that the central team still exists, and again, I’m saying this in April of 2025, but that team still exists, but it’s been drastically cut in size. And the big question is, how quickly can they respond to complaints? Because they have like 10,000 complaints on the docket, not just for accessibility issues, but beyond accessibility issues. So how quickly can they respond to those, that’s open to anybody, who knows what’s going to happen with that. So I don’t know what’s going to happen. I think it would be misinformed to think that you don’t have to worry about this, however, because, who knows? The bottom line is that, as I mentioned before, we should be doing accessibility work, regardless of the law, there is tremendous value there. So one of the things I do as a consultant is when I come on campus and I meet with senior leadership, is I talk to them about how important is web and digital accessibility to everything that happens on your campus. It used to be that we would talk a lot about mission and vision statements, which always included the words diversity and inclusion, which web accessibility fits right in with that. That’s a piece that I’m concerned about right now, is whether we can connect accessibility to DEI initiatives. One of the interesting things for me when I was at the University at Buffalo, as the Web Accessibility Officer, I reported to the Director of Equity, Diversity and Inclusion, and that was something I told the administration I wanted to do, because it sends a much different message about why we’re doing this when it’s part of diversity, equity, inclusion, rather than being part of the IT office, where now it’s an IT compliance issue. Now would I take that same strategy right now? Probably not, because of some of the challenges around DEI. I am hoping that people push back on this a little bit, because the ADA is federal law. So to me, there’s a complete disconnect between what’s happening around DEI nationally and what the law actually is. Now, how courts interpret that, how the current administration interprets that, is anybody’s guess. I understand why some people are gun shy about talking about DEI and then adding A into that as well, but I think that there are federal laws around this, and I think there is solid ground for continuing to do this work. So who knows what’s going to happen again? It’s a very fluid situation. It’s an unfortunate situation, because last year, after waiting for 15 years, we finally got these Title II regulations, and now a lot of that work is being questioned about how this is going to move forward.

Rebecca: I think, as you mentioned before, about the global context, too, that underscores the idea that it doesn’t really matter what the current political climate is, that globally, there’s an initiative in this direction, and we’re likely to continue seeing it. We’re gonna get behind if we’re not doing it here.

Mark: Absolutely.

John: Now, when faculty and staff and others creating digital content are creating new material, if you start from the ground up and are not retrofitting accessibility onto older work. It’s pretty easy to create accessible content, but there are areas, though, in some disciplines, where it’s a little bit more challenging for faculty. That includes areas where there’s discipline-specific notation, such as chemistry, math, or music, or limitations to machine-generated captions for content that is sung or in multiple languages or spoken by non-native speakers. How should institutions handle content with these more complex challenges?

Mark: This is a very, very important topic. I recently read a statistic that people with disabilities constitute 10% of our national workforce, but only 2% of STEM professionals. So that disconnect tells me that this is really an area that we need to think more about and to address. And as you mentioned, basic accessibility is relatively simple to implement, but there are places where accessibility can be a challenge, whether you’re talking about chemistry notations and math formulas and those kinds of things. What I recommend that campuses do is that they really work hard to create awareness among those faculty members in those disciplines to understand what some of these additional challenges are, and then providing the support and resources to help them meet those challenges. The good news is that these challenges are not new. So there are a variety of tools that are being created to help with math formulas and scientific notation and others. So I think it’s really important that the faculty understand, 1. we’re going to have to take that extra step, and 2. that a campus provides those resources. And related to that, I think it’s important that at least one person on a campus really is paying attention to these additional types of tools. And they’re improving every year, and I think it’s important to stay up with how those improvements are happening, and have somebody play point on campus so they can connect the dots with the vendors who provide these tools and the faculty members who need them. There’s also a lot of good information out there on how to make, for example, STEM materials, accessible. So if you Google that, a lot of places will come up. I have done some work with the National Center on Accessible Educational Materials, the AEM, and they have a lot of great resources. They’re very much involved with Universal Design for Learning… bring the accessibility component into that. So that is a place where you can get a lot of great resources about how to make these more challenging educational materials accessible.

Rebecca: One of the other areas that I know often raise challenges for faculty, but other folks in higher ed, are third party content like learning materials, content platforms and services, PDFs of articles with complex charts and graphs are often a concern. What role does higher ed institutions need to play in moving the accessibility needle in these other spaces, with these third party vendors.

Mark: Third party vendors and procurement is the most challenging aspect when it comes to your digital accessibility program. The phrase that the Office of Civil Rights always uses is we’re going to look at your program, services, and activities. When you think about a campus’s program services and activities, they are almost always happening on third-party products, whether it’s your learning management system, whether it’s your student information system, your alumni system, on and on that list goes. But the reality is that it’s third-party products where the rubber hits the road. So this is really, really important. One of the challenges with the ADA Title II rules is that they don’t apply to vendors. Those are private companies. They don’t need to legally make their products accessible. So what does higher ed need to do to kind of help fix this situation? One is to recognize the buying power, the collective buying power of 4500 colleges and universities across the country, and start to put the appropriate level of pressure onto the vendors. As I say that, the approach I try to take with vendors is rather than it being adversarial, let’s think about this as a win-win opportunity. I happen to know the heads of accessibility at many of the major educational technology companies, and they want us to complain, because in these big organizations, it’s up to the product manager to determine how accessible a given product is, not up to the Accessibility Officer for that company. So we need to put pressure on vendors, and I think there is opportunity for us to do that collectively, rather than individually. This is something I have been talking about with a number of people nationally, about how do we become more efficient in terms of how we approach vendors? And two things to think about: one is testing can be challenging to determine whether a vendor’s product is actually accessible or not. So rather than 4500 colleges doing their own testing, is there a way to combine that and just kind of share best practices, share results? Good idea in principle, but in practice, many times lawyers get involved with this and they’re concerned about legal risk if I, as Mark Greenfield, representing the University of Buffalo, say product X is not accessible, the people at product X don’t agree with that, so we’re going to take you to court and question that. So unfortunately, the lawyers have been involved with that, but there are ways around that, which we continue to work on. And then the second thing, again, is the collective buying power. I have been pleasantly surprised over the last couple of years about how serious publishers and the major educational technology vendors are taking accessibility. They are making progress with being honest and objective about what the shortcomings are, and putting resources to address those shortcomings. So I think it is really important that we continue to do that kind of work. One of the things I was disappointed with with the new ADA regulations is that they only applied to Title II, which is state and local government. I wish they would have also addressed Title III, which is the private entities, the vendors would fall under Title III. For a whole bunch of reasons, it would have been nice for them to address both of those at the same time, but unfortunately, that didn’t happen. So I think we really need to be an advocate about why this matters, and kind of use our collective buying power to encourage vendors to push them kind of in the right direction.

John: The focus on improving the accessibility work on many campuses have focused on faculty and staff but had not addressed students in most campuses, probably. What role do our institutions need to play in moving the accessibility needle in these other spaces for classwork from students or from student clubs and organizations, for example?

Mark: I would love to see college campuses be much more proactive when it comes to training students about the importance of accessibility, why it matters, and just very quick and easy things that anybody can do to make their content more accessible. I remember 20 years ago, I taught a general education course at the University of Buffalo, it was called UB 101, where we basically gave them the components: this is how you kind of survive in college in your first year, and what all the various offices do, and some other advice and guidance. I would love to see any campus that has a course like that, you know what? Spend the day, spend an hour talking about accessibility, what that is and why it matters, and show them the basics on how to do it. Again, my experience has been students are very happy to take those steps to make something accessible, and I think they would just eat that right up. And I think it’s a good service. I am a little disappointed that here we are in 2025, 30 years after the web was invented, and 35 years after the Americans with Disabilities Act, and yet we have made little progress when it comes to the accessibility of higher education websites and documents, and that’s very frustrating to me. I think one of the ways to start to improve this is let’s start to work with students and have them understand, and not just computer science students. There is a group called Teach Access, which is working with computer science faculty to make sure they’re incorporating accessibility in their teaching. But I think it needs to go much farther than just Teach Access and computer science majors to everyone on campus. And again, this is not that hard to do. A real quick story for you. One of the favorite projects I have worked on in my entire career was working with a group of third graders to make a blind athlete’s website accessible. It was a fascinating project. The athlete’s name was Rachael Scdoris. She runs in the Iditarod, and she was legally blind. Through the ADA, she actually sued the Iditarod to have a spotter 1000 feet in front of her, so she had some sense of where she was going in the middle of Alaska. She won that lawsuit. When my daughter was in second grade, as a class project, they followed the Iditarod, and my daughter chose Rachael Scdoris to follow. She was young and blonde, and my daughter identified with her, so when I found out she was blind, I went to her website and found out that it was completely inaccessible. So I didn’t contact Racha el directly. I contacted her agent and told him, you know, this probably isn’t the best look, because Rachael is actually pretty vocal about accessibility and disability. And at first I said, “You know what? Maybe I’ll fix this for you.” But then I had a better idea, let’s train my daughter and some of her classmates how to do this. So I took a group of third graders, taught them how to code websites, this is back in 2006, 2007 and they recreated Rachael’s website and it was perfectly accessible, including captioning the videos that were on her website. So when people tell me that this is too hard, I tell them, “No, it’s not. I had a whole group of third graders who could do it.” The bigger lesson from that was when I asked the third graders, “Why does this matter?” It was all about empathy. “Of course, we’re going to do this to help as many people as we can.” So instilling that mindset in the students, I think, would be a big step forward to help us address why we are still kind of challenged by making everything accessible.

Rebecca: I mean, we are institutions of learning.

Mark: Exactly.

Rebecca: We’re well positioned to educate an entire generation on how to do this work.

Mark: And when you think about how important the web and digital is now compared to a generation ago, I think COVID actually brought this to the forefront when we moved everything online. Now, all of a sudden, everybody’s really paying attention to what happens online and accessibility as well. But as you think about the program services and activities, more and more of those are moving online all the time. So it makes the importance of Web and Digital Accessibility all the greater. And there is an opportunity to train the next generation to really just be aware of and understand what this is all about.

Rebecca: It’s really easy for folks to get hung up on the legal obligations, especially as we’ve kind of framed the conversation around Title II. But can you talk a little bit more about the value of digital accessibility and why we should be doing it anyways?

Mark: So again, one of the misconceptions is that it’s a small part of the population that has a disability, when, in fact, it’s 20% of the population, and that is just people with permanent disabilities. We’re not talking about somebody with a temporary disability. So for example, if you broke your arm and couldn’t use a mouse anymore, or a situational disability, whether you’re in a library watching a video where you can’t have the sound up, or those kinds of things. So there’s a lot of value, just in terms of the percentage of people, but beyond that, one of my goals is to get people to think about accessibility, not as a cost center, but as a strategic investment. Forrester Research a few years ago, did a study on the ROI, the return on investment, of both usability and accessibility together. So this was not just about accessibility, but usability and accessibility are definitely joined at the hip, and really you can think about those very similarly, but the ROI they found was 100 to one. For every dollar invested in usability and accessibility returned $100 of value. So think about it that way, the value beyond. Again, I was talking before about students who maybe English is their second language, and the value of having captions on a video. So there’s just a lot of opportunity there. And the thing is that it’s really not hard to do the basics of accessibility, and if you start with that mindset, it is relatively easy to do. Another message for my web development friends is don’t try to make everything as fancy as possible. Simpler is better. So, as an example, without getting too technical here, there are a variety of ways that you can add alternative text to an image. The simplest way and the best way is to use the alt text within the image tag within HTML, instead of trying to get fancy with ARIA and other fancy programming, which you can kind of accomplish the same thing, but you’re much better off keeping it simpler, because, even as we speak in 2025, the way that web browsers, assistive technology, and the operating system all interact varies tremendously, and ARIA doesn’t always work. So you can get a combination of things where it’s not working on NVDA, where it does work in voiceover because you’re using ARIA. So again, a message I have to developers is, try to keep things as simple as possible. This is a usability thing as well. There’s not a day that goes by that my wife doesn’t hear me say, “What’s wrong? This website’s awful because of usability issues,” and that’s, quite frankly, still the case with higher education. Part of my consulting business is doing audits, not just accessibility audits, but doing just general accessibility and usability audits. And I have yet to find a college or university where I can’t write a 20-page report about the usability issues that a site has, and a lot of that has to do with people just trying to be too complicated.

John: We always end with the question: “What’s next?”

Mark: Fascinating question when it comes to technology, and technology changes so fast. So I’m going to tell this story. Again, I’ve been doing IT work for 45 years. Gordon Moore was the CEO of Intel and Moore’s law is that computing technology doubles every 18 months. He said that back in the early 1960s, we’re here in 2025 that is still the case. The challenge is that it’s difficult for us as humans to get our arms around exponential change. I like to share the story of the inventor of the game of chess. So an inventor comes up with this new game called chess. He takes it to the Emperor, shares this game with the Emperor. Emperor loves the game. The inventor says, “Here’s what I want for a reward on the first square of the chess board, I want one grain of rice, on the second I want two grains of rice, on the third square I want four grains of rice, eight grains, 16, exponentially. We’re going to grow that until we’ve done all 64 squares of the chess board. I ask people, “How big of a pile of rice do you have after you’ve filled all 64 squares?” People are amazed that that pile of rice is bigger than Mount Everest. When I started working at the University of Buffalo, 1987, we wanted to buy a Cray II supercomputer, biggest, baddest computer on the planet. Cost, I believe, $17 million in 1987 dollars. We even, as a research university, couldn’t afford it, so we rented time at Calspan down the street at $10,000 an hour. Anybody who has a second generation Apple iPhone or newer has more computing horsepower in their hand than a Cray II supercomputer. That’s what exponential change is. So in your mind, you’re saying, “That’s great. Over the last 30 years or 40 years, we’ve made that much progress. In another 40 years, we’re going to also make that much progress.” That is not exponential thinking. In the next three or four years, we’re going to make that much progress again. So to loop this back to kind of where technology is going and where accessibility is going and what’s next, one of the things I’m paying attention to is voice technology. I gave a talk at an international voice conference a few years ago and talked about how voice could improve accessibility, and it’s really interesting about what the application of voice technology can do, because it can free us from the interface of having to use a computer and a mouse, where now you don’t have to worry about a lot of the disabilities that come into play right now. So the future is multimodal, multi-surface interfaces, which can take into every combination of things and really address accessibility. I was very encouraged that at this voice conference, people are taking accessibility very seriously and trying to build some tools into the voice interface. Related to that is artificial intelligence, and many people are predicting that ultimately the user interface for AI is going to be voice. Now I go back to watching a Space Odyssey and thinking about HAL, and that interface with HAL was a voice interface, so I can see a lot of that coming, and there is real opportunity to address accessibility issues with that. We need to take caution in terms of how quickly we use AI to improve accessibility. One of the big controversies in the accessibility world now is the use of accessibility overlays, which are products and tools where they tell you a single line of code can be installed on your website and immediately address all of your accessibility issues. In the last couple of years, they’ve been talking about AI as the driver of that, the reality is they don’t work. And I am very disappointed in most of the overlay companies who are, quite frankly, telling lies about what these products can do. And for anybody who’s thinking about using an overlay, or currently using an overlay, know that that that can get you sued. There are actually a number of court cases right now specifically addressing the use of overlays on websites, so be very cautious about that. Also, a lot of talk now about how artificial intelligence can be used to remediate documents and remediate websites. I think there is a lot of opportunity there, but it is too early to have that working the way it should be working. For example, in Microsoft Word right now, AI will generate alternative text for you. My experience has been that’s good, maybe one out of 10 times. So you really need to pay attention to that. There’s an old quote. It’s known as Amara’s law, and it says we tend to overestimate the effect of technology in the short run and underestimate the effect in the long run. And I think that is the case with AI, where everybody’s kind of running out to say AI is going to fix everything today. Not the case. But I am very encouraged down the road about what AI can do. And let me just kind of close this with, I would be remiss if I didn’t mention a book in this talk. I have a tendency to mention lots of books, and a book I would recommend everybody learns is called Haben: the Deaf Blind Woman who Conquered Harvard Law. It’s written by a woman by the name of Haben Girma. I’ve actually interacted with her a few times online. She is just awesome and such a passionate advocate for people with disabilities. People are amazed that she could graduate from Harvard Law School being deaf blind, but she did, and she is a huge advocate for that. If you get the opportunity to hear her speak, she always is talking about how there is an opportunity for innovation when it comes and she’s encouraging all of the technology people to really think about innovation and how we can use technology to improve people’s lives. And that certainly is something I hope we see again, even as educational institutions going forward, how can we provide that platform for this innovation?

Rebecca: Yeah, that’s a great book. Thanks for recommending it. Thanks so much for joining us today. It was great to talk about accessibility, a topic I never get sick of talking about.

Mark: Thanks for having me.

John: And it’s a topic that all institutions need to be addressing to a much greater extent as we approach that deadline. So thank you again.

Mark: Thank you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

392. Teacher by Teacher

During the past decade, public confidence in education has been declining. In this episode, SUNY Chancellor John B. King Jr. joins us to discuss his new book that provides a compelling narrative of the value of education in transforming lives.

Chancellor King  has a long history of involvement with education. After graduating from Harvard, he acquired a Master’s degree from Teacher’s College at Columbia University and taught high school social studies. He later co-founded Roxbury Preparatory Charter School and served as a co-Director for five years. Under his leadership, students in this school attained the highest scores of any urban middle school in the state and closed the racial achievement gap. After acquiring his doctoral degree from Columbia and a law degree from Yale, Dr. King served as New York State’s Education Commissioner from 2011 to 2014. He left NY for a while to work in the Obama administration as Deputy Secretary of Education from 2015 to 2016 and joined Obama’s Cabinet as Secretary of Education from 2016 to 2017. Following his work in the Obama Administration, Dr. King continued to advocate for increased educational equity and access as President and CEO of the Education Trust. He now serves as Chancellor of the State University of New York. We’re interviewing Dr. King in his role as the author of his new book and not in his role as the SUNY Chancellor.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: During the past decade, public confidence in education has been declining. In this episode, we discuss a new book that provides a compelling narrative of the value of education in transforming lives.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is the State University of New York Chancellor, John B. King Jr. He has a long history of involvement with education. After graduating from Harvard, Dr. King acquired a Master’s degree from Teacher’s College at Columbia University and taught high school social studies. He later co-founded Roxbury Preparatory Charter School and served as a co-Director for five years. Under his leadership, students in this school attained the highest scores of any urban middle school in the state and closed the racial achievement gap. After acquiring his doctoral degree from Columbia and a law degree from Yale, he served as New York State’s Education Commissioner from 2011 to 2014. Dr. King left NY for a while to work in the Obama administration as Deputy Secretary of Education from 2015 to 2016 and joined Obama’s Cabinet as Secretary of Education from 2016 to 2017. Following his work in the Obama Administration, Dr. King continued to advocate for increased educational equity and access as President and CEO of the Education Trust. He now serves as Chancellor of the State University of New York. We’re interviewing Dr. King in his role as the author of his new book and not in his role as the SUNY Chancellor. Welcome, Chancellor King.

Chancellor King: Thanks so much.

John: It’s great to talk to you again. Today’s teas are:… Chancellor King, are you drinking tea by any chance?

Chancellor King: No, I just have water today, unfortunately, I’m visiting SUNY Purchase, and I don’t have access to my usual supply of tea.

Rebecca: What a disappointment. [LAUGHTER]

Chancellor King: Sorry about that.

John: Next time.

Rebecca: John, I have constant comment today.

John: …which is appropriate for a podcaster, and I am drinking a pure peppermint tea today.

Rebecca: Always a good refresher at the end.

Chancellor King: I’m jealous. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: So we invited you here today to talk about your new book, Teacher by Teacher: The People who Change our Lives, which provides a powerful testimonial to the power of education to transform lives. In the introduction, you note that you are fortunate to have teachers and mentors who help guide you through critical turning points in your life. Can you talk about what led you to write this particular book?

Chancellor King: Sure, I’ve thought about it off and on over the years, and “you should write a book,” is the thing that people sometimes say to you, you know, but I hadn’t really committed to it until the Washington Post did a story about my family history, and that prompted a book agent to reach out to the journalist to ask if he wanted to do a book about our family history, and he was doing another book project and said, “No, I don’t really want to do it right now, but you should call John and see if he wants to do a book.” And that got me started on this journey, and I really saw it as an opportunity to talk about the role that teachers have played in my life, and to really take on this thing that we do in our culture, where if somebody has persevered through difficult circumstances, we make the story about them and not about the people who supported them. And I really wanted to shift that and say all the opportunities that I’ve had, the extraordinary opportunities I’ve had, all trace back to teachers who intervened at the right moment in my life. I was very, very lucky to have these amazing teachers, and I wanted to tell their story, and to tell the story of the many amazing teachers I’ve gotten to work with over my career.

John: And at a time when there’s so many public questions about the quality of education, I think this is extremely well timed. As your book illustrates, you’ve been involved with education all of your life, basically, and you note in your book that education helped to define your family and shape your family’s identity. Can you tell us a little bit about this?

Chancellor King: Sure. So on my mother’s side, my mother has a classic Nuyorican story. She was born in Ponce in Puerto Rico, came to New York City as a kid, maybe about five or so, with her brother and my grandmother, who was a single mom who decided to come to New York City to create opportunity for her kids. She went to work in a garment factory, and my mother learned English in the New York City public school, was the first in her family to go to college, went to Hunter in the CUNY system, and really got to live exactly the dream that my grandmother had, and because of my grandmother’s hard work and faith, I have the life that I have today. She made that investment, she made those sacrifices, so that my mother could go to college. My mother became a teacher and a guidance counselor, and it’s really an extraordinary story about what public higher education makes possible, what Hunter made possible in my mother’s life? My father grew up in a very segregated New York City just after the turn of the 20th century, the grandson of enslaved people, and he found a path through education, becoming a teacher and later the first black principal in Brooklyn and senior administrator in New York City Schools. And his life could have gone a lot of different directions, being born in 1908 in New York City, but school provided this path for him, and part of the reason he knew to take that path is that my grandmother, his mother, had been one of the first graduates of what is now the University of Maryland Eastern Shore, an HBCU on the eastern shore of Maryland, and she was very unique in being an African-American woman with a college degree in that early period. And that made her path possible, and that helped shape my father’s path, and so education has just been so central to my family’s whole story.

Rebecca: As I read your book, I really appreciated hearing your story, but also I think it reflects a lot of our students’ stories, and think it’s helpful to have these stories out there so that others can see themselves in the stories. One of the things that you talk about is your growing responsibility that you had to take on as your father slid into dementia. Can you talk a little bit about the role school played in your life during this period when you were taking over many of these adult roles, like paying bills, buying groceries at such a young age?

Chancellor King: So when I was little, my mom was really the main care provider in our home. My parents were very far apart in age. My father was 66 when I was born, my mother was 40, and my father was very distant, not very active with me. I don’t remember, for example, ever playing catch with my father. And so my mother was my anchor, and she passed away from a heart attack when I was eight, and there are no words to describe how devastating and painful that moment was. And then it was just me and my father, and he was distant then, but got more and more distant, and now I know it to have been Alzheimer’s, but at the time, I didn’t know why he was acting the way he was. But over the four years there was just the two of us, he got more and more erratic. Some nights he’d be sad, other nights angry, sometimes even violent, and I didn’t know why. I can remember one night, he woke me up two in the morning, told me it was time to go to school, and I was arguing with him, saying, “No, Dad, it’s not time to go to school.” And he was pulling me on the stairs. I was clinging to the banister, and I didn’t know why. Eventually he gave up and we both went back to sleep, but that was what home was like, just this incredibly unstable and scary place, but school was amazing. School was this place that was safe and consistent and nurturing. And I was very fortunate during that period to have Mr. Osterweil, who was my teacher in fourth, fifth, sixth grade, he looped with us, and then a number of teachers, but in particular Miss D, who was my seventh grade social studies teacher. And Mr. Osterweil and Ms D, really saved my life during that period. It gave me a sense of hope and purpose, and as my father got more and more sick, as you said, I had to figure out how to just keep our household going. Bills started to come, marked late, cancellation, those kinds of things, and I realized I needed to do something about that. So my father’s name is same as mine. John B. King, Sr. I’m John B. King, Jr. So I started signing checks and sending them in to try to make sure that the power stayed on. My father had stopped going to the store, but I knew where he had kept cash in the house for years, and so I snuck in and got some money there and started going to the store myself to get food in our house as a survival strategy, was just trying to figure out, like, how to keep things going with a deep sense of hopelessness about life at home, but school was the place where I could channel a sense of optimism.

John: And in this part of the book, you talk about some of the teachers that had that effect on you, of giving you that sense of optimism. And one of the things I thought of when we were reading this is that we had a reading group this semester on 10 to 25: The Science of Motivating Young People, by David Yeager, and one of the things he emphasizes is that a really effective way to motivate adolescents is to let them know that you have high expectations for them, that you believe that they’re capable of achieving those expectations, and to provide the support that they need while treating them with respect. Would it be fair to say that those teachers you mentioned, Mr. Osterweil and Miss D and some other teachers shared this approach to teaching?

Chancellor King: Oh, absolutely. When I think about Mr. Osterweil’s class, it was rigorous. We read The New York Times every day starting in the fourth grade. We learned the leader and capital of every country in the world. We did productions of A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Shakespeare, in elementary school, we did a production of Alice in Wonderland. I was the rose, a big red belt petal sticking out of my head. We went to the museum and the ballet and Mr. Osterweil was that kind of teacher who’s curious about you, you know, he’s curious about what you as an eight year old or a nine year old or a ten year old, what you think about the world. And he would have these very serious discussions with us, where he really was so interested in our take on things. And we talked about hard subjects. We were in the midst of the Cold War, he created this academically challenging, enriching, but also loving environment. You’d finish a book, he’d be there with the next, you’d finish a math problem, you’d have the next one that was a little bit harder. He was always pushing, but in a spirit of love and care, and he didn’t know what was going on for me at home. Maybe he had suspicions, but he didn’t know, but he knew to create an environment that was incredibly nurturing. And I’m still in touch with Mr. Osterweil. He’s just extraordinary human and Miss D was a different kind of teacher. She was my seventh grade social studies teacher. She was a former actress, or maybe she was still acting at the time, a huge personality, but again, sort of expected a lot of us. And at that point, my father was very sick, and I would often sit in class and worry about how he was doing, what was happening at home, how we’d be able to just keep going. But in Miss D’s class, I remember when we did a project where we had to do an Aztec newscast, and in that moment, the most important thing in the world to me was to be the best Aztec sportscaster there had ever been, and that was because of the environment she created. And so I think those points from Yeager are exactly right and are very consistent with findings about the research on retention, completion, some of the research even around how to combat stereotype threat, you know, it always comes back to that mix of high expectations and communicating the confidence that students can do it.

Rebecca: One of the things that you also talk about in your book is that you lived in Long Island with your brother after the death of your father, and then you applied and were accepted at Phillips Academy in Andover. Can you tell us a little bit about your experience there and how that affected your interest in racial and socioeconomic inequality?

Chancellor King: So when I went to live with my brother, I was 12, and he was 24. My dad had passed, and I was insistent that I wanted to go live with my brother, in part because when my dad was very sick, quite frequently, I would go spend a weekend with my brother, and it was super fun. We’d go to the movies, we’d go bowling, we’d eat out every meal. It was very exciting and fun. Turns out that it’s tough for a 24-year-old to raise a 12-year-old, and he was struggling himself with sort of who he was gonna be. And he drank a lot, and he partied a lot, and he was a little bit rudderless, and it was very unstable, and he had these different difficult relationships, and pretty quickly I realized living with him was not healthy. And so then I had to figure out what to do. And I had a friend from elementary school, from PS 276, who had gone to Groton with a scholarship through Prep for Prep or Oliver, one of those programs that helps kids from New York City go to New England boarding schools. And he was having a good experience. He told me about it, and I thought, “Okay, well, that’s what I’m going to do. I’m going to figure out how to get to one of these boarding schools.” So a cousin helped me with the application, and I ended up at Andover. And I could not have been more out of place. As context for folks, Andover is where George H.W. Bush went, where George W. Bush and Jeb Bush went. It is everything you imagi ne of a highly selective, very expensive, very fancy New England private school. And I was a kid from Brooklyn who hadn’t really had a stable home life since I was eight, and I just really struggled with the non-academic parts of campus life, and I really struggled with navigating the issues of race and class on campus, and it was just very clear that the campus wasn’t working very hard to create a sense of belonging for students of color like me and. And there were these multiple moments where I just felt so out of place and so conscious of the ways in which I was not… I don’t know if welcome is quite the right word… but not the priority for the institution. Students like me were not how the institution thought of itself. I describe in the book an argument in a history class with a teacher about the Rhodes Scholarship, and I was making a point about Cecil Rhodes and what he meant in the world, and the teacher was very dismissive of my argument, and it felt like this unwillingness on his part, to think about how race and history interconnect with our lives and our choices, and that was sort of emblematic of just the tension that I experienced there, and I got in a lot of trouble, I idn’t follow any of the rules, and I got kicked out. And I always say to people, “I’m the first US Secretary of Education to be kicked out of high school,” but it was not the right place for me at the time.

John: And you recovered from that, though, and you moved on to Harvard after graduating. And there you’ve described working on a number of projects in the Mission Hill community. Can you talk a little bit about some of your experiences there?

Chancellor King: Yeah, I was fortunate that after I got kicked out, I went to live with my aunty and uncle, and they really helped me get my life on track. But when I got to Harvard, I felt out of place a little bit, and also definitely imposter syndrome, like I had to write two essays for my college application, the regular essay, and “Why’d you get kicked out” essay that you have to write if you’ve been expelled from a school. And so I remember as a freshman just feeling like, is somebody gonna tap me on the shoulder and say, we made a mistake, that other essay fell under the table. We didn’t see it. You’re not supposed to be here. And so I was struggling a little bit. And when I first got there to find my place, and I went to like, a volunteer fair, and they were recruiting people to teach civics in local elementary and middle schools. And I was like, “Oh, that’ll be fun. That’ll be interesting,” because I cared about civics and government and politics. I was interested in that, and I liked the idea of community service. So I signed up to do it, and it changed my whole trajectory. I ended up teaching civics and then teaching conflict resolution in schools. I ended up running a summer camp in a public housing development in Boston, where we lived for the summer, as well as worked with the students and families. Then that turned into helping to run the after-school program, and I spent probably more of my time, frankly, in Boston than in Cambridge, doing public service work and engaging with the community. And that led me to really conclude I wanted to be an educator, because I so love doing for other kids what teachers had done for me.

Rebecca: So when you graduated Harvard, then you went to Columbia University Teachers College, you decided then to begin your first year of teaching in Puerto Rico. Can you talk about being a first-time teacher?

Chancellor King: Yeah, so it’s really hard. I always say to people that I’ve had a lot of hard, complicated jobs, but the hardest job I have ever had was first-year teaching, because you don’t have files to fall back on. You don’t have the lived experience to fall back on. You want to do a good job. Every day is just very stressful. You’re planning. It’s the first time you’re teaching each lesson, and you’re planning every night, you’re doing grading every night. And like it’s overwhelming. First-year teaching is very, very hard. I just have a special place in my heart for first-year teachers. And I was doing it in a context where I’d moved to Puerto Rico, I was teaching at a school that was a private school, largely serving the students who were children of the elite. And my theory of going to Puerto Rico was I was going to have this cultural experience. I was going to really get to know the island more. Obviously, I visited as a little kid, and I wanted to have that experience. I wanted to work on my Spanish. I underestimated how overwhelming first-year teaching would be and how all-consuming it would be. I also underestimated how difficult I would find it to teach in a school where there was so little focus on social consciousness for the students. There were certainly some students who were there on scholarship, but the vast majority of students were there because their parents had tremendous resources, and they were largely going to college in the United States when they graduated, the mainland United States, and they were being prepared to be the next generation of leaders, but without a sense of consciousness about the complicated colonial relationship between Puerto Rico and the United States, without a deep awareness of issues of race and class and how they play out in Puerto Rico, and there definitely are color line issues in Puerto Rico, but that was not discussed. And I really struggled with, as a social studies teacher who would bring into my class a lot of complicated issues of the history of slavery and abolitionist movement and the Civil War and Reconstruction and the dismantling of Reconstruction, the emergence of the KKK. You know, we were having these intense conversations about race and American history, but yet not really engaging around the issues just under the surface in life in Puerto Rico. So that was very difficult, alongside the frustrations of just navigating first-year teaching and an environment where there really wasn’t much support. I don’t recall anyone ever observing my class and giving me any feedback, and so that’s a challenge, I think, for a lot of first-year teachers, they don’t get the kind of induction support they should. And it’s true for higher ed too, frankly, right? That oftentimes higher ed faculty do not get the experience of a lot of feedback and support around pedagogy early in their career. So it was very hard, and I decided that I wanted to be in a school that had a clearer civic mission, and I wanted to reconnect with a community of friends that had stayed in Boston. And so I decided to leave Puerto Rico and teach in Boston.

John: And you mentioned that higher ed may face similar problems. I think the problem may be even worse in higher ed, because at least when you begin working in secondary ed, you’ve had some teacher training courses. People in higher ed, when they go to teach, have generally had little or no training, with the exception of a few graduate programs that provide it, and there is gradually some progress there, but I think we still have quite a ways to go in higher ed. You mentioned coming back to Boston, and one of your next roles was to work with Roxbury Prep. Could you talk a little bit about your work there and what made this institution so very successful?

Chancellor King: Yeah. So as a high school teacher, one of the things that I saw in Boston was that many of my students were coming so poorly prepared, just behind, kids coming into ninth grade with fifth grade reading skills, fifth grade math skills, and really struggling to get caught up enough to be in a position to have real choices about what to do after high school. So starting a middle school, I hoped to be able to build a stronger foundation for students. I also had been frustrated in the schools where I’d worked as a teacher about the lack of support around teaching and learning, and so I really wanted to create a school that centered excellence in teaching and learning. So, Roxbury Prep, we did a few things that I think were really important structurally: we had three and a half weeks of teacher professional development before the school year would even begin, time for folks to plan to look at student work. Now there’s tradeoffs: less summer for everybody, but we built into the fabric of the school this idea that you would work very diligently as a community of teachers on the art and science of teaching, and that was very helpful. We had a longer school day that made a huge difference for our students, just more time for students who were coming to us in middle school, quite a bit behind, but we were able to have more time for academics, but also time for enrichment activities because of our longer day, but on Fridays, we ended at the same time as the district so that we could create a couple of hours for teacher development time. And so every week, we were watching videos of instruction. We were looking at student work together. We were meeting in grade-level teams to talk about students who were struggling and what supports they needed, or meeting in departments to talk about instructional practice. And that routine of careful attention to quality teaching, I think, helped us to get really strong academic results for students. We also were very focused on culture, and building a culture, as you described about the Yeager work, building a culture of high expectations with love and that communication of belief in students. And we were very small, we really spent a lot of time on picking the right teachers to be a part of the community, and then really invested in developing people, and it was amazing. It was incredibly satisfying work. I’m still in touch with a lot of our students and the teachers who worked with me then, and as you mentioned the intro, you know, we got really outstanding academic results and sent students on to really great opportunities afterwards, and that led me to think about policy, because there were a lot of questions where I was thinking, how do we scale some of what’s working well?

Rebecca: That’s such a great transition into the next thing we wanted to ask you about, [LAUGHTER] which is, how does one transition from being in a school into policy making? So can you talk a little bit about your experiences in the New York State Education Department, some of the challenges that you faced, and maybe some of the big successes as well?

Chancellor King: Yeah, so after five years of leading Roxbury Prep, I was thinking about what’s next, and how could I kind of have a bridge to policy, and I decided to go to law school. At that point, I was working on my dissertation, and I decided to go to law school with the thought that there’s [LAUGHTER] a lot of lawyers in public policy. And I had the experience when I was first-year teacher, the summer after my first year of teaching, I interned at the US Education Department in the Secretary’s office, and I worked for the person who was the advisor to the Secretary on teaching, who had been a teacher of the year, but she was often the only teacher in the room, everybody else was lawyers, and so I had this sense that law school could be a helpful set of skills and bridge to public policy. And that ended up happening. I ran a network of schools. I became Deputy Commissioner, and then Commissioner, and as Commissioner, you really are thinking about scale, 700 school districts in New York State. We had a huge infusion of funding from the U.S. Education Department early in the Obama Administration to do work on strengthening the standards for teaching and learning, helping struggling schools in high-needs communities, turn around their performance, building better data systems. So it was a great opportunity to have those resources and to think about scale work. One frustration was we had a very ambitious agenda in the state, and the Obama Administration had a very ambitious agenda for ways to accelerate progress in schools. And I think in some ways that ambition got out ahead of the capacity building and implementing something like the Common Core became very difficult because the work was focused on changing teaching practice, but simultaneously, there were changes to the assessment. Simultaneously there were changes to how teachers were going to be evaluated. It was a lot on the system, and I think I learned a lot about the need to build buy-in on major change initiatives, and to pace the work so that the people doing the work are full partners in it. And I don’t think we did that well enough at the federal level or in New York State. And so there were a lot of good things that we created: incredible curricular materials, the expeditionary learning, English language arts curriculum, which is still to this day, generating outstanding results in many schools around the country. So that was exciting. A number of really creative new schools were launched, like the P-Tech schools that were launched around New York State, where students graduate with a high school diploma, an associate’s degree, first in line for jobs with employer partners in technology and healthcare, in advanced manufacturing, such interesting work, but the politics were very intense, and there were ways in which, if we had sequenced the work differently, I think we could have managed those politics more effectively.

John: So one of the challenges, I suspect, is that when you’re working with a four-year administration, there’s an incentive to try to get things through quickly, which can result in those types of challenges, because, you know, if you don’t get them in the next administration may not share those values and beliefs, so it’s quite understandable. Your next move was to the U.S. Department of Education, where you had some really impactful programs that you had worked on. Could you talk a little bit about that?

Chancellor King: Yeah, so it’s funny, you know, I did a lot of work with the U.S. Education Department when I was Commissioner, and got to know Arne Duncan, who is my predecessor as Secretary, really well. And Arnie called me one day, and he said, Do you want to come down to DC and be my Deputy? I’d really like you to do that. And I said to him, “Look, I love what I’m doing in New York, but I’m a huge fan of President Obama and you and the work that you’re doing, and I’m very torn. Will you promise me that you will stay to the end of the Administration, because if I’m going to move my family to DC, I want to know that I’m going to be working with you?” And he said, “Oh, absolutely, 100% I’m going to be there to the very last day, turn out the lights at the end.” And I said, “Okay, alright.” So after I ultimately decided I would do it and I came down to be his deputy. And then a few months later, he comes into my office, and he says, “I need to talk to you about something.” And he said, “Yeah, I remember when I said I was going to stay till the end. Well, actually, I’m going back to Chicago.” And it was totally understandable. It was important for his family. So an incredible outcome in that the President asked me to be Secretary, and what a privilege to serve in President Obama’s Cabinet and to be a part of such an impactful administration, and to get to work on really critical education issues. A couple of things that I’m very proud of that I did a lot of work on: one is cracking down on predatory for-profit colleges that were stealing from students, stealing their Pell grant money, their GI Bill money, providing students, often, with a substandard education. Often students would not complete, and yet they were in debt to these institutions… just really awful. And we put in place very stringent rules. We shut down some of the worst actors, built a process to cancel the debt for the students who were taken advantage of by these institutions. Now, of course, a lot of that work was undermined, to your earlier point about what happens when administrations change, a lot of that work was undermined during the first Trump administration, where they brought in to oversee higher ed policy, literally, the people who we had been investigating days earlier. That’s who they put in charge from that predatory for-profit college industry. The Biden administration then had to go back and redo some of the work that we had done in the Obama administration, and we’ll see where things go next on that front. But I was proud that we were standing up for students and protecting students. We also had an initiative called My Brother’s Keeper, which was President Obama’s initiative focused on, particularly, boys and young men of color and the challenges they face. And as part of that work, we launched an effort to address really what had been a huge public policy mistake in the mid-90s, which was in ‘94 the federal government banned access to Pell grants for folks who are incarcerated. And this is incredibly dumb public policy, because people who get any educational programming while incarcerated are substantially less likely to return to prison. And for folks who graduate with a degree while incarcerated, the recidivism rate can be in the single digit. So it’s a terrible idea to take away educational programming in prison, but it was part of the period of tough on crime and policies of mass incarceration, and we knew that, but we needed to fix it. We didn’t think we could get Congress to do it. We just did not see a path in Congress. So we used our experimental authority under the Higher Education Act to create a program called Second Chance Pell that would allow 65 colleges and universities on a pilot basis to use Pell grants for students who are incarcerated. And what that did was create extraordinary opportunities for those campuses, but also a proof point where we could bring governors, members of Congress, state legislators, to see these programs, talk to students who are participating, and show that, in fact, these programs are transformational and ought to be how we think about criminal justice reform. And after I left the administration, I was leading a civil rights organization, and we continued with the civil rights community, the criminal justice reform community, to work on these issues, and ultimately we were able to persuade Congress to change the law to repeal that ban, and now Pell Grants are broadly available to students who are incarcerated. And I talk in the book about going to graduation in prisons are just so incredibly moving, because you see not only how people are changing their lives, but how they are changed by the experience of education, and they will describeseeing the world differently, the different relationships they’re able to have with their family members, their kids, and themselves because of what they’ve learned through their higher ed work. It’s incredibly inspiring work, and I’m really proud to have been a part of that movement, really.

Rebecca: We’ve talked a bit about the impactful work that the federal government can do… has done… but there’s been a decline in public support for higher education over the last decade. What can we do to rebuild political support for higher education, especially in this time.

Chancellor King: We have to acknowledge that there’s less faith in institutions generally, and so higher ed has been caught up in what I think is a broader cultural phenomenon of less faith in institutions. That said I think we gotta do a better job of delivering and storytelling. Why I say we need to do a better job on delivering is if you went to one of those predatory for-profit colleges and you left there no degree, no job prospects, deeply in debt, you’re going to be pretty resentful of higher ed. And everybody you know is going to be pretty resentful of higher ed . If you went to a private nonprofit or a public college, and you didn’t finish, but you have debt, no degree, feel stuck, you’re not going to feel very good about higher ed institutions. And so one thing that we need to do is we need to make sure that the students who start have the support to finish, and that when folks finish, they see the economic benefit. That’s one of the reasons I’m committed to the idea of internships for all undergraduates, because I think it’s really important that students are able to, when they leave college, realize the intended economic benefit of college. Of course, we’re preparing citizens and we’re preparing folks to be well-rounded adults, to lead fulfilling lives, and we want to make sure they’re able to support themselves. And so delivering on the promise of higher education and getting better at delivering is a part of the work. But then the other is storytelling. I don’t think people realize how impactful higher education is in every aspect of American life, that I don’t think people realize that when they’re looking at their phone, that there are hundreds, if not thousands of things that are happening inside of their phone that were made possible by research that was done on higher ed campuses. Or when people go to the doctor and they’re getting their treatment. I’m not sure they realize that the reason that treatment is even available is because of research that was done on higher ed campuses. And so I think there’s some storytelling we need to do. I was struck that last week when Harvard decided to push back on the demands of the administration to really violate principles of academic freedom, one of the things they did was they changed their whole websites and that now when you go on the Harvard website, it really walks you through Alzheimer’s research, cancer research, research that helps our military members be safer. There are just so many things that research is making possible. And I thought that was really smart on their part, and I think that is something we as a sector need to do a much better job.

John: Yes, the change in the Harvard website is really impressive, and it’s a case, I think, that we all need to make in our own ways too. And your book actually helps in this way too, by showing the impact that education had on your life as well. You conclude the book with a discussion of tracing your ancestry to enslaved people owned by Thomas Griffith on a farm in Maryland that was still owned by Griffith’s direct descendants. Can you tell us a little bit about your experience of visiting that family?

Chancellor King: Yeah, well, I’d mentioned earlier that my grandmother graduated from University of Maryland Eastern Shore, 1894, and UMES reached out and asked me to give the commencement. And it took a while, different events for me to do the commencement, but during that period, as I was preparing for the commencement, I decided to do some family research to try to flesh out the speech. And I worked with a woman who did genealogy-type projects at the Schomburg, the part of the New York City Public Library that works on African-American history. And one night, she sends an email to me and my family. We’re sitting on the couch watching TV, and we get this email, and it says, “I’ve discovered the place where your great-grandfather was enslaved. And by the way, it’s less than 25 miles from where you live. Ir’s in Gaithersburg, Maryland.” I was living at the time in Silver Spring, Maryland. And “Oh, by the way, the property is still owned,” as you said, “by the direct line descendents of the family that enslaved your family. And, oh, by the way, the cabin that your great-grandfather lived in as an enslaved person with his family is still standing on the ground.” And you know, it took your breath away, right? Because, as an African American, you know that there’s this tie to the institution of slavery, but to think that you’d be able to be in the place, that was very jarring. And then this conversation followed like, so now, what do we do with this information and like, do you call ahead? Do you send a note? Like, how do you introduce yourself [LAUGHTER] to this family and you have this complicated history? And it happened that my cousin was in town, maybe the next weekend, to visit the new Smithsonian, the African-American History and Culture Museum, and they have a cabin in there exhibit that they brought there, that cabin for enslaved people. And that prompted my cousin to say, “You know, I got to go see this place.” So she literally went there with her husband. She knocked on the door and she said, “Our people were enslaved here,” and that opened up this whole relationship and journey that we’ve had with the Beckers, the family, two sisters, who are descended from the Griffith’s and it’s been a fascinating journey. One, it’s there’s something quite profound about standing inside that cabin and appreciating, really, the cruelty of the institution of slavery. The cabin is not 30 feet from the main house. So you have this profound sense that these were two families living together in the same physical space, one owning the other. Certainly in our family, we also have the profound sense of gratitude for the journey of our family, the fact that in my family, we went in three generations from enslaved in that cabin to serving the Cabinet of the first black President. Incredible story about what’s possible in America. We also have had a journey in just getting to know the Beckers and talking about this history and realizing that even though they grew up amongst the artifacts of the institution of slavery, called that cabin the quarters, they had not spent a lot of time thinking about what the institution of slavery was and meant, and we’ve had some really difficult conversations around that, but I think we’ve learned, they’ve learned, from those conversations, and it’s made me even more committed that our schools, higher ed institutions, have to grapple with the truth of our history, the complex truth, the pain and the progress and that, to me, is just essential to the health of our democracy.

John: And we’re seeing a lot of pushback on that right now, which is really, really troubling.

Chancellor King: Yes, horrifying. I mean, some of the things you’re reading of people taking down the Harriet Tubman poster, taking books out of the library, it’s chilling.

John: Changing the history curriculum in many states so that mentions of slavery are being removed and so much else.

Chancellor King: Yes, during the confirmation hearings for Secretary McMahon, Chris Murphy asked her, do you think teaching African-American history would violate the President’s executive order against diversity, equity, inclusion? And she couldn’t give an answer. She said, “I’d have to look back at it.” I mean, that was shocking to me. And to be clear, I think it’s 100% crystal clear that teaching African American history is 100% consistent with the law, so I was shocked by that exchange.

Rebecca: …and consistent with the history of our nation.

Chancellor King: Yeah, it has the benefit of being the truth, right? [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: This has been really fascinating, and I think folks will really enjoy reading your book to really see the impact education can have through the many stories of teachers that you’ve shared and various aspects of our education system in the U.S., we always wrap up by asking, what’s next? The big, daunting question [LAUGHTER] of what’s next?

Chancellor King: Yes, yes. President Obama would always say, he’d always quote Dr. King, and the line that “the arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends towards justice.” And I truly believe that. And I know there are things happening today that can feel like sliding backwards, but I am nonetheless optimistic that in the long run, we will continue America’s history of progress toward expanding the circle of opportunity. And so these are setbacks, but they are temporary, and we have to continue to build, and educators have the opportunity to do that every day with their students, the opportunity to build towards a future that is more just, more sustainable, and we just can’t be deterred from that by the awful backsliding that we’re seeing. We have to just double down on our efforts to invest in a better future.

John: And it’s encouraging to see the proteststhroughout the country right now.

Chancellor King: Yes, people standing up for the rule of law, for due process, for academic freedom, for the important services that government provides. for our public servants. There are half as many people today working at the U.S. Education Department as there were on January 20. And my heart aches for colleagues who I know were so committed to being of service to the country, who many of whom are former teachers, principals, faculty members at higher ed institutions, student affairs people in higher ed institutions. they came to the department so that they could contribute, and they’ve been treated so horribly, and that’s true across so many areas of government where people have been tossed aside who only want to serve. I’m so glad people are standing up for them.

Rebecca: Well, we appreciate you spending time with us and sharing your story and sharing pieces of your book with us today. Thanks.

Chancellor King: Thanks for that opportunity, always great to talk with you.

John: Great talking to you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]